Vanishment & Tribulation

About the cover:

The cover depicts the Resurrection (Rapture) of the Church when all believers who
are alive will be taken up into the atmosphere by the Lord Jesus Christ, given
eternal bodies, and then taken into Heaven. Their human bodies on earth will
disappear when this happens as the Bible says:
�For the Lord himself will come down from heaven, with a loud command, with the
voice of the archangel and with the trumpet call of God, and the dead in Christ
will rise first. After that, we who are still alive and are left will be caught up
together with them in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air. And so we will be
with the Lord forever." (1 Thessalonians 4:16-17)
"We will not all sleep, but we will all be changed -- in a flash, in the twinkling
of an eye, at the last trumpet. For the trumpet will sound, the dead will be raised
imperishable, and we will be changed. For the perishable must clothe itself with
the imperishable, and the mortal with immortality." (1 Corinthians 15:50)
Vanishment & Tribulation
A Biblical Novel by Neal Fox
Version 1.0 October 12, 2020
Copyright � 2020 by Neal Fox
All rights reserved solely by the author. This book, in whole or in part, must not
be used for any commercial purpose. Free sharing of this book in its entirety is
authorized.
Bible quotations are taken from The New International Version (NIV) of the Bible.
Copyright � 2011 Biblica [Colorado Springs] and BibleGateway.com version Oct 2016

Website: http://nealfoxbooks.blogspot.com Contact Information:

nealfoxbooks@gmail.com
Other books by Neal Fox:
�The Future Times: Biblical Prophecies About the Remainder of History & Beyond�
2017
�Exploring Deep Concepts & Mysteries of the Bible� 2018
"Time & The Universe: A Biblical View" 2019
INDEX
PREFACE
THE VANISHMENT
THE FALLOUT
THE FOUR HORSEMEN
EZEKIEL'S PROPHECY FULFILLED
THE ANTICHRIST EMERGES
THE FALSE PROPHET
ANTICHRIST AND FALSE RELIGION
THE JEWISH AWAKENING
ECONOMIC DISASTER -- THE HORSEMEN RIDE
WORLD-WIDE WAR
DEATH -- THE NEW NORMAL
THE NEW JUSTICE AND THE MARK OF THE BEAST
NATURAL DISASTERS INTENSIFY
WORLD-WIDE WAR EXPANDS
THE MIDPOINT
THE TWO WITNESSES
FURY UNLEASHED ON THE EARTH
THE TRUMPET JUDGMENTS -- TRUMPET #1
TURMOIL IN ISRAEL
TRUMPET #2
TRUMPET #3
TRUMPET #4
JEWS IN HIDING BECOME RESTLESS
JUDGMENTS TURN DEMONIC -- TRUMPET #5 -- WOE #1
THE SWARM ATTACKS
TRUMPET #6 -- WOE #2
THE BOWL JUDGMENTS
INVASION OF ISRAEL
REMAINING IMPEDIMENTS REMOVED
BABYLON
ROME BURNS
INVASION OF NORTH AFRICA
PREVIEW OF TRUMPET #7 -- WOE #3
THE TWO WITNESSES KILLED
THE BATTLE IN ISRAEL
THE SECOND ADVENT
PREFACE

This novel is closely based on Bible prophesies about the Resurrection or "Rapture"
of the Church and the seven year Tribulation which follows. In that sense this is
not a work of fiction. However, fictional characters and situations are intertwined
with the actual order of prophesied Biblical events to make those events come alive
and be more understandable to the Reader. The primary purpose is to inform about
what the Bible says, but it is also meant to be interesting and entertaining,
because the Bible is not boring.
When the Rapture of the Church happens it will be generally seen as an unexplained
"Vanishment" by unbelievers of that time as they attempt to explain it away. With
all believers removed from the earth, the remaining restraints on evil will be
greatly diminished, and the world will be ready to accept extreme evil in ways not
otherwise possible. But many who are left behind will be awakened by the Rapture
and will believe in Jesus Christ as their Savior. These new believers will see it
for what it really is, a wake-up call. Jews will especially be awakened to the
reality that they missed their prophesied Messiah. A period of Tribulation will
then engulf the world for 7 years and the forces of evil personified by the
Antichrist will severely persecute the new believers. Many will be killed --
martyred in great numbers because of their faith. The thin veil of civilization
will be ripped apart from top to bottom as the basest instincts of sinful mankind
are unleashed. This seven year period of Tribulation will be the most evil of all
human history, and as a result God will allow judgments and disasters of types and
magnitudes never before seen on the earth.
The Tribulation will be a time of evil lawless dictators who destroy individual
freedoms and trample the rights of anyone they do not agree with, especially the
new believers. The forces of evil will have their seven year revelry, but God will
avenge the persecution of His believers. Evil will have its last stand, but Truth
and Justice will triumph as the Lord returns at the end of the Tribulation to
destroy the forces of evil and institute His 1000 year Millennial reign under
perfect environment on this same earth, which only He can put in place.
But first, the Vanishment awakens a world in slumber. and triggers the seven year
countdown to Armageddon.
CHAPTER 1
THE VANISHMENT

Sometime in the future.....

Veteran SkyCopter News pilot Tommy Jackson slowly turns his helicopter southward as
he heads back toward the Los Angeles airport. No sudden turns, since in the seat
beside him is newly-minted reporter Sean Thompson, on his first helicopter
reporting trip. Tommy has cleaned up after newbie reporters before, so he has
learned that lesson well. After a quick run northward over the San Gabriel
mountain range to obtain aerial video for an upcoming report on the Angeles
National Forest, the SkyCopter News crew is heading back to LAX airport to refuel
and get their afternoon assignment. As they pass over the last of the mountain
peaks, the LA basin scene comes into full view, and today they can actually see all
the way to the ocean. Pilot Tommy Jackson has done this many times, and always
looks forward to the moment he crests the last peaks of the mountain range and sees
the spectacular LA basin view. As he does, this time the scene is disturbing.
Wait -- why all the black smoke, and in so many locations? It was just normal LA
traffic when the crew left the airport only an hour ago. On closer inspection they
see the nearest freeway, the I-210, is shut down in both directions, with multiple
accidents, some vehicles burning. As they gaze further into the LA basin and head
toward downtown, the scene becomes clearer as one of complete chaos. Tommy turns
on the police scanner which had been turned off while filming, and it is erupting
with chaotic calls for assistance. Tommy pushes the helicopter to maximum speed
while reporter Sean Thompson reaches to turn on his outboard cameras, and then
relays an urgent message to the LANX News producer: "This is SkyCopter 1 -- quick,
you need to air this live video right now!"
In the studio LANX News producer Jack Ford takes one look at the footage coming in
from SkyCopter 1 and shouts into the earpiece of on-air news anchor Jill Steiner,
who is doing a live interview with a local politician. "Jill, cut off the
interview -- urgent breaking news. Cover the SkyCopter footage I am putting up
now. Do it right now." Jill stops talking in mid-sentence as footage appears on
the screen behind her. She gasps as she struggles to orient to what it shows. The
live helicopter video pans across the Los Angeles basin showing traffic snarled,
many overturned cars, freeways clogged, black smoke rising from multiple areas,
police cars and ambulances everywhere. There is mass chaos and city highways are
at a virtual stand� still. The producer tells Jill to let the SkyCopter News
reporter cover the story. She shakes her head in disbelief and then her veteran
anchor skills kick in. She instinctively goes into her breaking news routine.
LANX anchor Jill Steiner: "We have breaking news, and are going straight to our
SkyCopter Reporter over the I-5 freeway north of downtown....Sean, the video is
frightening...what is going on?"
SkyCopter Reporter Sean Thompson's voice comes on-air as he struggles to decide
what to cover first: "Jill, we have an enormous mess down there. The freeways are
absolutely shut down. Accidents are everywhere, and many vehicles are burning.
Hundreds of accidents, maybe over a thousand, we just don't know. Multiple
ambulances are moving as best they can, and if they can, but it won't be enough.
The police and EMS crews report they are overwhelmed and a number of their own
vehicles have crashed. I see at least one gasoline tanker on fire on I-5 just north
of downtown. There are reports of two Metro Rail train accidents. Police are
reporting that many of the accidents were caused when vehicles just seemed to crash
without any reason, and all over the city. And another odd thing, initial reports
state there are very few survivors of all the freeway crashes."
Jill to SkyCopter 1: "What happened, Sean? That many vehicles don't
just...um...crash, for...for no good reason..." Jill stumbles as she tries to find
the right words while still watching the live video feed. "What else do you see?
And what do you mean, very few survivors?"
SkyCopter News Reporter: "Jill, it's just a mess, and I can't tell what is actually
going on down there." Sean struggles to catch his breath...and also think of
something useful to say. "Let me just say that we need eyes on the ground to tell
both of us. We will try to get lower for a better view, but air traffic control is
overwhelmed, and there is thick black smoke coming from the airport area. We are
heading that way next to check it out."
"Give me just a moment" Jill says into the camera as she listens to her producer
through her earpiece..."We are getting reports that this is happening all over the
U.S. Something very strange is going on here and elsewhere....so now we will...hold
on a moment..." Jill says as she presses on her earpiece "...and now my producer is
telling me this may even be a worldwide event. What the hell is going on? OK, we
are cutting over to our Washington D.C. news affiliate DCNX as they report on this
breaking news..."
DCNX News feed starts while their reporter is in mid-sentence: "...and so it seems
there are mass casualty events occurring all over the U.S. But they are spread out,
not localized as in a terrorist attack. Additionally, reports out of several
European countries show it is a global event, but exactly what has happened, no one
seems to know. The main issues reported so far have been mass vehicle accidents,
including numerous car and commercial truck accidents, several airplane crashes,
freight train derailments, and a Washington Metro train accident in the underground
near downtown. Emergency services and first responders are overwhelmed and cannot
handle the multiple incidents. It is mass chaos out there. In related news, several
well-known people seem to be missing. Requests for a statement from the White House
have so far gone unanswered. There seems to be an unusual amount of confusion over
there and staffers refuse to say anything. Whatever this is, whether some new form
of diffused terrorism or mass technological glitches or whatever else, I can only
say that the scale of this disastrous event has never before been seen. Back to
you in the studio. "
As the DCNX report ends, LANX anchor Jill Steiner comes back on-air: "As we have
just seen, this is not a local LA event. And whatever it is, it is very big and
highly unusual. We going to a break to try to sort this out as best we can, and
will be right back "
The Producer keeps the SkyCopter News live feed going, with the SkyCopter News crew
now over south LA as Jill goes off air. Jill and her news staff discuss the events
and the limited information available. A couple of her staff members who were seen
just before the breaking news are now missing from the studio. Jill looks at their
boss and tells him "Either find them or fire them. This is no time to be running
off without permission!"
News Producer Jack Ford relays to Jill that police radio scanner reports indicate
the cars that crashed had no drivers. Jill tells her news staff "get an automated
driver-less car expert on the line and tell us if there has been some type of
systemic software malfunction. And get a terrorism expert in here ASAP for me to
interview. Also check for experts on any other types of technological glitches that
might explain some of this. Just get me some people to interview. Now!!!"
Several news staff members report cell phone coverage problems as Jill is forced to
go back on air without much information. She wings it and stalls for time. All she
can do is cover what she sees on the SkyCopter News video, which shows a scene of
freeways at a standstill, multiple smoking accident scenes, emergency vehicles
which cannot move through the stalled traffic jams, and thick black smoke coming
from the airport which has been confirmed as an inbound airplane crash just short
of the runway on the beach along the ocean.
As Jill talks on-air about the live video feed from SkyCopter News she gets new
inputs from her Producer, then tells the audience: "We now have reports that many
of the cars were NOT the driver-less models. Also, many of the cars which crashed
did not have a driver at the crash site. What does that even mean? Going now to
our on-scene reporter Don who is near downtown and stuck on the I-10 freeway. Don
� what can you tell us?"
Don: "Jill, I am not able to move my car out here since the I-10 is a parking lot.
But I ventured out on foot and have seen several crash scenes where there was no
one in the car at all, and no one near them. Driver-less or driver-controlled is
not the issue here. Many of these cars simply had no one in them at all when they
crashed."
Jill: "I'm not sure I understand what you mean the cars had no one in them. You
mean the people were thrown clear?"
Don: "No, no, no...Jill, there was no one anywhere near the accident scenes. Not in
them, not around them, not thrown from them. There were no drivers found. Just
clothing in the driver's seat, and shoes on the floor. Beyond that I have no
explanation. Some had passengers who survived but they report their driver just
vanished...they were there in the car one moment, and then gone the next. Drivers
disappeared, and then the cars crashed, or at least that is what I have heard from
multiple crash sites I have personally seen. Very odd, but I am just reporting what
I have heard and seen out here."
At LA Police HQ the Chief and his leadership staff are watching LANX news coverage
while trying to figure out what is happening with their officers out on the
streets. LA Police Chief Washburn is watching the news while also monitoring
incoming reports from his officers. He asks his Watch Captain: "What have we got
here? No drivers in the crashed cars? Are you kidding me?" As the Captain shrugs,
Desk Sergeant Thornton breaks in: "Sir, it's just as reported. My officers on-scene
are reporting no people in or around many of the crashed cars. Or if there are
crash survivors, they were passengers, and were not driving at the time of the
crash. So sometimes there was a passenger or two who survived, but no drivers were
found.
Something very strange has happened here, Chief. One of our guys mentioned
Revelation."
Chief Washburn: "Revelation? Revelation of what?"
Sgt Thornton: "Not of what. The Bible. The Book of Revelation. Sergeant Fowler used
to talk about this at lunch. He said some day people would just disappear.
Believers �gone to be with the Lord� he would say. He was supposed to be here at
work today but he never showed up.
He's a very religious guy, and he is also never late to work."
Chief Washburn: "I don't care what he said, I need facts."
Sgt Thornton: "Well sir, then you tell me. All the officers who I know are
Christians are missing. Some were out on patrol when their cruisers crashed, others
did not show up for their shift, and some were at their stations and vanished.
Reports say there were uniforms in seats of the wrecked police cars. That's what I
know."
Chief Washburn: "I'm going out there to see for myself." He exits for his police
helicopter which is already running and waiting for him. As they lift off Chief
Washburn wonders to himself if his family is safe. How many families are asking
that question right now? But he returns his focus to the task at hand. An
impossible one, for certain.
Back at the LANX studio, on-air anchor Jill Steiner has been reporting for over an
hour now. �We now have reports of multiple airplane crashes around the country
coming into the studio, including the one here near LAX"...She pauses to listen to
her earpiece "My Producer says we have someone who will try to explain what is
going on. Actually, not live, but an online video. Really? Well, if that's all we
have, then OK. We don't have much else, so roll that video now.�
The online video starts playing:
"Sometime in the future people will be searching for answers, trying to figure out
why millions of people suddenly vanished. People were there one moment and then
just disappeared, while many others did not show up where they were expected to be.
Vehicles crashed and no driver was found, and these were not self-driving.
Airplanes crashed and the pilot's body was not at the crash site. People just
disappeared, mainly in areas where Christianity has been more widely accepted. Many
will be asking: "Where did all those people go?" "Why did people just vanish?"
"What happened to their bodies?"
I am the author of the book "The Future Times" and other books about the Bible. My
books are free, just as salvation is a free gift from God to those who believe in
Jesus Christ as Savior. I am not selling anything -- I am merely providing
information from the Bible, where the answers you seek were written over 2000 years
ago.
This catastrophic event is called by various names, one is the "Rapture" which
means carried away, but "Rapture" is not a Biblical word. More precisely it is
called the Resurrection of the Church, with the Church being all believers in Jesus
Christ during the current Age of Biblical time. The Bible says believers are not
given their eternal bodies immediately after death, but must wait with patience for
a resurrection event to occur in the future. For the Church Age all believers in
Jesus Christ who are alive when the Resurrection occurs will be given an eternal
resurrection body, which is why the bodies disappear on earth as the mortal takes
on immortality. At the same time Church Age believers who had died prior to the
Resurrection are brought back from Heaven into the atmosphere and also given their
eternal bodies. These are immortal bodies far more powerful than the bodies of
angels. The Bible reveals this in 1 Thessalonians 4:16 which says:
"The Lord Himself will descend from Heaven with a loud command, with the voice of
the archangel, and with the trumpet call of God. We who are alive and are left will
be caught up together with them in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air, and so
we will be with the Lord forever."
And 1 Corinthians 15:50 says:
"...flesh and blood cannot inherit the kingdom of God, nor does the perishable
inherit the imperishable. Listen, I tell you a mystery: We will not all sleep, but
we will all be changed� in a flash, in the twinkling of an eye, at the last
trumpet. For the trumpet will sound, the dead will be raised imperishable, and we
will be changed. For the perishable must clothe itself with the imperishable, and
the mortal with immortality.�
It is likely only believers will hear that "shout and trumpet" since it is intended
to call them home, but possibly it could be heard more widely on the earth.
But why did this happen now? What does this mean? And what comes next? The short
answer is: intense judgment is coming, and time is very short.
Let me provide the timeline:
1) This resurrection event ends the Church Age and begins a period called the Great
Tribulation (a term from Revelation 7:14), namely a 7 year period of great
judgments on the earth which will intensify during that time. It also starts a 7
year clock ticking toward the 2nd Advent of Christ and Armageddon. The Tribulation
is divided into two parts, each 3 1/2 years long. The first part will be bad, but
not nearly as bad as the last 3 1/2 years, which will be the worst period in all
human history.
While that online video is rolling, the news crew talk among themselves: Jill: �We
need someone to interview live."
Producer: "We can't seem to get any church leaders on the phone right now to talk
with us. So we need to just keep this You Tube video rolling to give us time to
sort things out."
The video continues rolling....
"The resurrection event leaves only unbelievers on the earth. For those of you who
are unbelievers when the Rapture occurs, meaning you have never believed in Jesus
Christ as your Savior, you have no more than 7 years remaining to live unless you
become a believer in Jesus Christ. At the end of the Tribulation all unbelievers
will die. Every last one. But most will die before that time due to the magnitude
of the coming judgments. But those who become believers in Christ after the Rapture
and survive the Tribulation will go into the Millennium, a 1000 year period of
perfect environment on this same earth, which will be healed by God after the
devastation of the Tribulation. Those surviving believers will live for another
1000 years in a paradise on earth, so if you believe in Jesus Christ as Savior
immediately after the Rapture, you might live another 1007 years since there will
be almost no death during the Millennium.
But what will happen during the 7 years of the Tribulation? During the first 3 1/2
years there will be increased warfare and economic disaster. Some nations will
take advantage of the Rapture to attack other nations due to the chaos. Soon
after, the Western nations will consolidate power under a new leader called in the
Bible the Antichrist, an evil dictator disguised as a god-like savior of the world.
He will deceive the world and ascend as ruler over the western nations, first
taking over three of them, then another seven will capitulate to him forming a
multi-nation Western alliance. He will display false miracles, and also appear to
die, only to live again -- a phony "resurrection." This Antichrist will even be
treated as a god, and a statue of him will be put into the new temple in Jerusalem
after the first 3 1/2 years have passed.
During the last 3 1/2 years the judgments on the earth will become nearly
unbearable. People will die by the billions. Yes, billions. By the end of the
Tribulation probably 90% of the population of the earth will be dead from the
judgments and warfare. These judgments during the final 3 1/2 years will be
brutal. There will be massive earthquakes, huge tsunamis, explosive volcanoes,
fireballs from the sky, destruction of the worldwide food chain and water supply,
widespread famine and disease, nuclear war, and other disasters, with judgment upon
judgment, and the earth will become a stinking mess with very little food or
drinking water. These are not metaphors. This will all be very real. Misery and
death will be the norm. Israel will be attacked several times. Then after seven
years the armies of the world will meet at Armageddon where they will be destroyed
by the return of the Lord Jesus Christ Himself at His Second Advent as He prepares
to take over rulership of the earth, and then He will institute the Millennium.
Those who become new believers will be persecuted during the Tribulation as never
before. Many will become martyrs, and this will become the primary reason for the
judgments on the earth. Jews will generally lose their blinders about Jesus Christ
and will accept Him as their Messiah-Savior in much greater numbers. There will
immediately be 144,000 Jews who will see the Rapture for what it is, and will
believe in Jesus Christ and then begin to evangelize the world. Believers must
resist the Antichrist and his Mark of the Beast system of economic and social
control if they want to survive. The faith of believers will be tested to the
breaking point. It must be this way. The lost and dying world can only be
evangelized by their suffering, but their reward will be great in Heaven. Families
will be ripped apart by the evil of the world.
But believers must study and follow the Word of God.
There will be some confusion about the Rapture, as many high level clergy in some
established denominations will be left behind. These were not true believers, even
if they were high-ranking leaders of their church denominations. A believer relies
on faith in Jesus Christ to provide salvation through the work of Christ on the
cross rather than their own work, while those who try to work their way into heaven
actually reject the salvation work of Jesus Christ the only Savior. These so-called
pious workers will be left behind since they did not accept salvation as a free
gift but rather sought to work for salvation. And others who were considered very
sinful people will be taken up to heaven, since they believed in Christ at a young
age, but then departed from their faith later. Salvation is a one-time event, and
it is permanent.
We do not know what will happen to children who are too young to have made a
salvation decision. Will the children of believers who are taken to heaven also be
taken? We do not know the answer, so that could go either way.
This has been a brief overview. For more detailed information you can read my book
"The Future Times". This is not a commercial...I never sold any of my books, and I
certainly do not need anything from you now. But people on the earth need truth
from the Bible so that you may believe in Jesus Christ and have eternal salvation,
which is available to you right now. The Bible says:
"Believe on the Lord Jesus Christ and you will be saved"
"For by grace you have been saved through faith. And this is not your own doing; it
is the gift of God, not a result of works, so that no one may boast" and "For God
so loved the world that he gave his one and only Son, that whoever believes in him
shall not perish but have eternal life."
However bad you think the Tribulation might be, it will be much worse. It would be
wise to heed the Bible and accept Jesus Christ as Savior. Don't delay. 90% of the
people on earth at the time of the Rapture will die in fewer than 7 years. Time is
very short, severe judgment is at your doorstep, and then Eternity is forever.
Choose wisely."
Camera crew motioning to Jill who is talking to her Producer: "Back live in 3, 2,
1. "
Jill: "That was an online video by a book writer talking about what he called "the
Rapture of the Church" also known as the "Resurrection of the Church," and how --
as he says -- it would result in worldwide events like those we have been
reporting. As the video said, the events are concentrated in the mostly Christian
regions of the world, while other areas were mostly unaffected, or not affected at
all. Take that for what it is worth. But still very puzzling. We have heard some
reporters calling this a "Vanishment." Whatever you call this, we are obviously
overwhelmed here as more and more reports are coming in to us of strange events and
chaos in multiple locations around the world. Rapture? Resurrection? Vanishment?
We'll be back in just a minute so stay tuned.�
CHAPTER 2
THE FALLOUT

In Israel, near the new temple recently built on the Temple Mount in Jerusalem, a
group of young Jewish men are talking among themselves as 24 year old Shem Kolb
leads the discussion: �My Christian friend had often told me about this day. It
happened just as he said. He told me it would be the event which would cause many
Jews to believe in Jesus Christ as their Messiah. He gave me this Bible and asked
me to read a passage from 1 Thessalonians:
"For the Lord himself will come down from heaven, with a loud command, with the
voice of the archangel and with the trumpet call of God, and the dead in Christ
will rise first. 17 After that, we who are still alive and are left will be caught
up together with them in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air. And so we will be
with the Lord forever. "
Shem Kolb continues: "My Christian friend had also said the Church Age believers
would just vanish and be gone, their bodies missing, and people would wonder what
happened. He said this would motivate evangelization especially among Jews as their
blindness toward Christ as the Messiah would be lifted by the Rapture. I cannot get
my Christian friend to answer my texts or posts where he always hangs out, so I
assume he has gone to be with his Lord, as he had always said he would. It all
seems very real to me right now."
A young man from the group asks Shem: "But what does that mean for us? What are we
supposed to do?"
Shem: "My Christian friend also said 144,000 Jews would immediately believe in
Jesus Christ then become evangelists who are set apart to evangelize the entire
world. It is very sobering to remember his words. The Book of Revelation
discusses these 144,000 Jewish evangelists in detail. Here, let me read from
Revelation:
"Then I saw another angel coming up from the east, having the seal of the living
God. He called out in a loud voice to the four angels who had been given power to
harm the land and the sea: �Do not harm the land or the sea or the trees until we
put a seal on the foreheads of the servants of our God.� Then I heard the number of
those who were sealed: 144,000 from all the tribes of Israel."
"My friend said this means before the Tribulation gets really bad, and he told me
it surely will, God calls out 144,000 Jews to be evangelists. That will be
necessary since all believers will be gone after the Rapture happens. Therefore a
new group of evangelists must come forward very quickly and fill the need. That is
what he told me. What do all you think?"
Shem's Jewish friends agreed that all this seemed to be true. They agreed to meet
back at the Temple Mount the next day to discuss what to do next.
Back in LA, LANX News anchor Jill Stein continues to provide fast-breaking updates
on freeways which remain shut down, airplane crashes, widespread looting being
reported, police unable to deal with all the calls, 911 is clogged, cell phone
coverage is limited, people on social media looking for loved ones, etc. After
continually saying "More breaking news" she stops and asks herself "Why am I even
saying the words "breaking news" anymore?" She stops as her Producer is talking
through her earpiece, and the look on her face is one of disbelief: "We are just
now receiving a report...is that confirmed...that the President is missing? He was
last seen in the Oval Office reading through briefing papers and now he cannot be
located. Also just in to us...can this even be true? We are being told that the
Vice President cannot be located, either. He was in his residence getting ready to
travel abroad and now the security staff cannot locate him either. So what does
this mean for our national leadership situation?" Jill listening to earpiece
"We are joining our LANX affiliate in Washington as an expert there tries to
shed some light on this issue "
LANX joins Wash., DC station affiliate DCNX as a Constitutional lawyer is speaking
on air:
(TV feed cuts into the middle of expert talking) "so as I was saying, if the
President is deemed to be unable to fulfill the requirements of his office, in this
case he is missing and cannot be located, the Vice President would normally take
over. If the Vice President cannot be located to fulfill the functions as
President, and so far he has not been, then the Speaker of the House would take
over as Acting President. Someone must always be in the position as leader of the
country and Commander-in-Chief of the armed forces. So as I understand it, the
Speaker of the House is now on his way to the White House to be sworn in as Acting
President. That is all we know right now. I'm sorry, but that is all I have to say,
and I need to run to a meeting on this issue now..."
Reporters shout questions as the expert leaves in haste, and the local news station
reporter comes back on air. TV feed cuts off and LANX on-air anchor Jill Steiner
continues to try to make sense of what is happening for her viewers.
Jill: "Scary times. Is this the beginning of the End Times or is this all just
random? Was the book writer correct about the Rapture or Resurrection or
"Vanishment" as some others are calling it? Is a time of Great Tribulation just
beginning? It is just too much to fathom all at one time." Co-anchor Sarah Boswell
has now joined Jill at the anchor desk to help with all the fast-breaking status.
Jill turns to Co-anchor Sarah: "But how could both the President and Vice President
be randomly missing? As most viewers know, both have made their Christian faith a
matter of public record, and their campaigns have emphasized it as an important
part of what they believe and who they are as people."
Sarah agrees and listens to new inputs through her earpiece from the producer, then
says "Breaking..." but catches herself and then simply continues "We have just
received word that Speaker of the House Antivon is about to arrive at the White
House, so we now re-join our Washington DC news affiliate for a report..."
Video begins of Speaker of the House Dan Antivon arriving by limousine at the White
House. Reporters rush the car as the door opens. A crowd of news reporters are
yelling questions with their microphones thrust forward in his face:
Speaker Antivon: "No questions please -- please, not right now. I need to be
briefed on the situation and then I will address the nation." He hurries inside
amid a swarm of Secret Service agents and staff members as reporters are left
behind. The DCNX news anchor comes on and reports "Speaker Antivon's Chief of Staff
has informed us there will be a press briefing shortly after the White House
meeting concludes. With both the President and Vice President missing, we can only
conclude that Speaker Antivon will emerge from the meeting in charge of the
country, at least for now. That is about all we can tell you at this point."
Inside the White House door the missing President's Chief of Staff John Breen is
waiting and escorts Speaker Antivon into the Oval Office where the Supreme Court
Chief Justice, Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, and several Senators and
House Members are already assembled.
Chief of Staff Breen: "Mr. Speaker, we believe the President and Vice President are
not going to be located. Those assembled here have discussed the issue and see no
other option except to swear you in as Acting President. Chief Justice Robins
concurs that this is the proper approach given the extremity of the circumstances
going on in the world. Chief Justice Robins will now discuss the Constitutional
issues with you.
Chief Justice Robins: "Since only the Vice President can automatically become
President under an emergency succession situation, you would be sworn in today as
"Acting President" until the Congress votes and finalizes the succession issue. Of
course, the Speaker of the House is stated to be third in line under the
Presidential Succession Act, so we are proceeding as it directs. If neither the
President nor Vice President are located within a very short time, then Congress
would need to vote on final succession and the Acting part will be dropped.
With that, Mr. Speaker, I will now administer the oath of office as the Acting
President of the United States to you. "Please raise your right hand. Do you
solemnly swear. "
After the swearing-in is complete, Acting President Antivon exits the White House
for the Rose Garden where swarms of reporters are gathered to interview President
Antivon. He strides out to meet the assembled reporters and states only that he has
just been sworn in as Acting President, and will soon give a speech to the nation.
He then goes back into the White House without taking any questions. On-air
reporters from the various news networks begin to try to explain to their audiences
what is going on, but without much information. They relay that Speaker Antivon,
now Acting President of the United States, will address the nation, likely later in
the day.
Back inside the White House President Antivon meets with the former President's
Chief of Staff John Breen, who begins the conversation: "Mr. President, I know that
you were opposed to most of the former President's policies, but I will help you
however I can during this transition. I and my staff are at your service."
President Antivon: "Assemble all current White House staff members immediately to
start the transition process." Breen: "Will do, Mr. President. I will round up the
staff. They are waiting for orders."
As John Breen leaves, President Antivon thinks to himself how he relishes being
called "Mr. President" by the former President's Chief of Staff. Power is what he
has always wanted, and it has driven every decision in his life. He is anxious to
use that power to its fullest extent.
After several minutes, the staff is assembled in the West Wing. President Antivon
enters the room and speaks to current White House staff members: "Your services are
no longer required. You are dismissed. My Congressional House staff is now my White
House staff." White House staffers look at each other in bewilderment and then
shuffle out in disbelief as President Antivon takes all his House Speaker staff
members aside and installs them as the new White House Staff. He then addresses his
new Presidential staff: "This has been a fortuitous set of circumstances, and now I
have the power to change the world. The Vanishment has cleansed the nation of many
unwanted people who have prevented progress for a long time. It appears they were
Christians -- good riddance. Their religion had no tolerance for someone like me.
They held to their singular beliefs in only one God, and only one way to reach
their God. They held to their Bible and guns and moralism, and stood in the way of
the progressive agenda. Now they are gone, so we can move forward in a highly
accelerated manner. And I do mean highly accelerated. We must not waste this crisis
opportunity by slow action or timid policies. The harmonics of the universe have
converged to give us this moment in time, and we must take advantage of what this
creative force is offering to us. I see it as a sign that we are the ones the
universe has been waiting for. We are the ones destined to heal the wounds it has
suffered under capitalistic greed and excesses, and the moralism of Christianity.
The universe screams out to us to save it. We are the ones it has sent to answer
that call. Now, we will take every advantage, seek every opportunity, ignore any
rule or law, and take extreme and bold actions to heal the universe which has
suffered from so much harm done to it by humanity under millennia of Christian
rule. From this moment on, there are no rules for us to follow except that we will
push progressiveness to the maximum and we will not tolerate anyone who stands in
the way. Now that the Christians are out of our way, we will make sure they stay
out of the way. Permanently! I will be implementing every form of emergency
declaration possible while there is chaos. The timing is perfect. We must seize
this great opportunity and use it to our advantage. I was born for this day!" The
staff breaks out in cheers of approval as President Antivon departs to the White
House private quarters to work on his speech to the nation.
As President Antivon enters the private quarters, the belongings of the former
President are everywhere. He yells down the hall: "Maid, or someone, anyone?" "Yes,
sir?" a running staff member says. "Get this junk out of here! All of it! Now!" As
staffers comply, President Antivon sits down and starts typing his speech.
A few hours later at LANX news:
Jill breaks in as the new Acting President is about to address the nation. "We will
now join the news feed from the White House to hear from Acting President Antivon:"
Acting President Antivon addresses the nation from the Oval Office: "My fellow
Americans. I come to you in a time of great turmoil. I have just been sworn in as
your Acting President.
Despite the Vanishment our nation is secure and your government carries on without
interruption....(he continues for five minutes). At this time I am declaring both
Martial Law and a National State of Emergency which will allow me to have much
greater powers to deal with this situation. All I can do is assure you that your
government will continue to function and I promise you that we will get through
this, whatever it is, together."
A Washington, DC reporter provides a report from the White House:
"We have just witnessed the swearing-in of a new Acting President under the most
unusual circumstances possible. The President and Vice President were apparently
part of the "Vanishment" as some are now calling it. What or why it happened is not
yet clear. But the relatively obscure Speaker of the House who had only recently
come to that position, and whose past is clouded in mystery, is now our Acting
President. But where did he come from? What is his background? What are the
underpinnings of his belief system? These are all questions which deserve answers.
As for now, we just hope he is the right man for the job. Back to you in the
studio."
Jill comes back on-air at LANX, and she has brought in an expert to fill in some
details for the audience:
"Those are good questions posed by the DCNX news reporter. We have in our studio a
political consultant who has worked with the new Acting President. Mr. Holland, you
have worked with him, so what can you tell our viewers about his background, and
what we might expect him to do? I mean, most people have barely heard of him. And
now he is the Acting President at a most unusual time of crisis."
Joe Holland: "Well, Jill, he is an enigma. I have dealt with him on several
occasions yet I still do not know what to think about him. He rose to power very
quickly and out of nowhere, going from State office to Speaker of the House after a
series of highly unusual circumstances, including a couple mysterious deaths which
eventually were ruled suicides. He seems to have been launched out of a cannon into
his current position, and it is especially significant that he is from the opposing
party to the former President and VP, which changes the political landscape
dramatically. He is a hard-core and committed progressive-leftist, and I mean
extreme left, which makes him a political disrupter. He is an environmental
activist, even to the point of worshiping nature, although he is otherwise an
atheist. He brings a deep distrust of religion into the position, especially
Christianity, something which brought him into conflict with both the previous
President and VP. Acting President Antivon is extremely ambitious and even brash,
so I would expect him to take full advantage of the crisis caused by the
Vanishment. His eloquence can be riveting, which enables him to convince the masses
to follow him. That is something very surreal about him, that he can be so
convincing to great crowds of people. There is something "other-worldly" about it,
and..."
Jill: "I'm sorry to interrupt, but you just said 'other-worldly'. What do you
mean?"
Joe Holland: "I am not even sure what I mean. I suppose there is simply something
eerie, even supernatural, about how he can sway people. They find him mesmerizing
in a Svengali sort of way. Otherwise I just cannot explain it."
Jill: "OK, please go on, Mr. Holland."
Joe Holland: "Anyway, since he has now been catapulted to the highest office in the
land, it is unclear how he will use his power to further his ambitions, but it is
certain that he will use every bit of power he can accumulate to himself. I
personally view him as someone who wants to accomplish big things. I mean really,
really big things. World changing things. He is not a patient man, and will act
quickly and decisively to put in place policies to carry out his aggressive agenda.
I worry about what he might do under Martial Law emergency conditions, which gives
him immense power. And one more thing I must add about him, he gives me a very
uneasy feeling, especially his stare, which is unnerving. There is something about
him as a person which I do not understand, but it leaves me feeling unnerved. He is
a very different type of individual. Almost like talking to more than one person --
I mean it is like there is something inside of him which defies worldly
explanation. That is the only way to say it."
"OK, thanks for those insights Mr. Holland." Jill says as she turns toward the
camera: "We will seek to provide a more in-depth profile on Acting President
Antivon and attempt to answer some of these questions about him as soon as we have
more information to report. After a break we will provide an update on what has
happened so far today. A most unusual day, indeed."
After a very long day which began with many millions of people simply vanishing,
LANX anchor Jill Stein turns over anchor duties to Sarah Boswell who continues with
the news, trying desperately to keep up.
CHAPTER 3
THE FOUR HORSEMEN

That evening at her apartment, Jill Steiner has the news running in the background
while she also reads a book she found on the internet called "The Future Times." It
was the book mentioned in the online video which was aired on her news show earlier
in the day. She reads to herself from the book:
"The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse, which are Dictatorship, War, Economic
Disaster, and Death, will now begin to unfold. These first four of seven Seals
will reveal historical trends which will be pervasive throughout the entire seven
year period of the Tribulation, which has just begun. They reveal the trends which
will occur in a very intense and sustained manner throughout the entirety of the
Tribulation. Later there will be specific Bowl and Trumpet judgments unsealed
throughout the course of the Tribulation. The Lord Himself, as Judge of the world,
has broken open the 1st Seal."
Revelation 6:1 �I watched as the Lamb opened the first of the seven seals. Then I
heard one of the four living creatures say in a voice like thunder, �Come!�
"Thunder in the distance warns of the coming storm. The gathering storm early
during the Tribulation will be a set of extreme judgments on the earth, and the
time for those judgments has arrived."
Revelation 6:2 �I looked, and there before me was a white horse! Its rider held a
bow, and he was given a crown, and he rode out as a conqueror bent on conquest.�
"Seal #1 is the White Horse of dictatorship under the Antichrist who will strip
mankind of their personal freedoms and force upon them a false satanic religion.
So-called �democratic� forms of government will be pushed aside and replaced by
strong-armed dictators around the world. The strongest of them will be the
Antichrist, also called the Beast, or the Antichrist. This man of Satan will
appear very early during the Tribulation and deceive the masses into giving up
personal liberties in exchange for a promise of collective security under his
dictatorship. The Antichrist will appear to be a leader on a white horse coming to
the rescue, but instead he will be a force for great evil who enslaves millions of
people. Early during the Tribulation he will not be seen as a force for evil, and
will use cunning speeches and selective warfare to gain his position, and then will
assume dictatorship rule over a ten nation confederation. Revelation 6:2 means �he
conquers, so that he may conquer�. This demon-possessed Antichrist conquers so
Satan might gain power through him, and Satan will set him up as an idol to be
worshiped by mankind. So the white horse is dictatorship and loss of personal
freedoms as a result of the Antichrist seizing power through conquest, which will
continue and intensify throughout the entire Tribulation. Once these first Seals
are opened they reveal ongoing historical trend judgments, so once they begin, they
continue throughout the entire Tribulation."
Jill puts down her book and thinks to herself about what happened today, as she
tries to make sense of it all. So many horrible things occurred, and all at the
same time. "What is the meaning of it, was this really the Rapture of the Church?
Or some type of unexplained Vanishment as national leaders are now calling it? Can
it really be the beginning of a period of Great Tribulation?" she asks of herself,
with no answers.
As the day finally ends Jill is endlessly searching through internet news feeds and
blogs. A website has been set up to help those searching for loved ones who
vanished, and she looks at the faces of those who were alive this morning, but now
are gone. The numbers are staggering, and estimated to be well over 100 million.
She falls asleep still wondering what it is all about...
In Jerusalem it is early morning, and the group of nearly a hundred young men have
re- gathered on the Temple Mount to continue their discussion from the previous
day. Shem Kolb, their de facto leader, asks for their attention as they draw near
to listen to him. "Fellow Jews, we are at a crossroads. The issue has been made
clear to us that we missed our Messiah Jesus Christ the first time around. We will
not make that same mistake again. I ask you to join with me as new believers who
will carry forth the message of the Messiah to our own nation Israel and also the
entire world. The message of the Messiah must be proclaimed, and time is very
short. All believers were removed from the earth by the Rapture, and now new
believers must learn how to evangelize. The Bible says the Messiah will return to
earth seven years after the Rapture, and says there will be a core group of Jewish
believers who must perform the task of evangelization. We are the beginning of the
144,000 who will perform that task. Are you ready?" Cheers of agreement erupt
among the group as these new Jewish believers eagerly await direction from Shem
regarding their assignments. As they prepare to depart, Shem asks them to quickly
spread the message about what has really happened, and what it means.
Back at home on the outskirts of Jerusalem, Shem talks with his wife about what he
has come to believe.
The morning alarm awakens Jill Steiner and her first thought is "Was it all a
dream?" She turns on the news. No, it was real. Day 2 is beginning. She wonders
to herself what today will bring as she hurries off to the studio.
Back at the anchor desk Jill begins her broadcast. She had only recently been
promoted to the position as news anchor of the LANX Morning Show. It was quite a
jump for someone only 27 years old. Now she is reporting the biggest news in
years, maybe decades. It is only 24 hours after the Vanishment occurred.
Jill: "Good morning LA. We continue with news coverage of the Vanishment. There is
a lot to cover but here is a very quick rundown on what we have learned so far:
1) At approximately 10:20 AM yesterday the Vanishment occurred. People just
disappeared. The numbers from around the world are estimated to be more than 100
million people.
2) The US was hardest hit by the Vanishment, while it was virtually a non-event in
the Middle East, Far East, and some portions of Africa. The numbers are highest in
the south and southeastern United States.
3) The cause is listed officially by government leaders as "an undefined
Vanishment"
4) The US President and VP vanished. The Speaker of the House was sworn in as
Acting President.
5) The people who vanished left behind their personal effects, namely clothing
they were wearing, jewelry, glasses, phones, and so on at the point where they
vanished.
6) Nationwide, there were huge numbers of traffic accidents, a large number of
airplane and train accidents, numerous industrial accidents, unattended critical
infrastructure incidents resulting in power outages and countless other accidents,
incidents and disruptions.
7) Many people did not show up where they were expected. People on airplanes
vanished and their clothing was left in the seat they had occupied. Numerous small
stores were left unattended as owners or clerks did not return to close the shops.
And other cases where people should have been in certain places but they were not,
however their clothing was there in a pile.
8) Some eyewitnesses saw people vanish and their clothing fall to the ground as
they were talking to them. One person reported: "We were talking and suddenly there
was only a pile of clothing where he was standing." Another eyewitness who was a
passenger in a car which crashed said the driver was talking and in mid-sentence
there was only a pile of clothing in the car seat, and then the car crashed."
9) Most of those who vanished appeared to be Christians, however some clergy and
high level church leaders remain. These are often from certain progressive
denominations, but also some long established ones.
10) The US Congress is in disarray as many Members are missing. There are not
enough Senators to have a quorum for many types of voting. The balance of power in
the Senate has also changed as the former President's party no longer has a
majority of seats since it lost more Members to the Vanishment. This will likely
allow Acting President Antivon to secure his power base more quickly.
There is much more, but that is a very quick rundown on what happened yesterday."
Jill continues: "So this is where we are just 24 hours into this phenomena, a
Vanishment, or whatever it was. We go now to where we began the reporting just 24
hours ago, to SkyCopter News reporter Sean Thompson who broke the story yesterday
morning in the skies over the LA Basin. Over to you, Sean:"
"Jill, that's right, just 24 hours ago our helicopter emerged over the San Gabriel
mountain range to unveil a sea of chaos in the LA basin." Sean reminds himself not
to be overly dramatic. "We witnessed clogged freeways. We saw multiple burning
locations, mostly traffic accidents, one airplane crash site, and some industrial
accidents. Now just 24 hours later, with the wrecker trucks having worked non-stop
through the night, most freeways are at least minimally passable, although some
bridges are closed for inspection. Most people have stayed home at the request of
the Mayor, and the new President has declared a state of emergency, both of which
have helped ease the chaos. Essential services are getting back into operation,
although slowly. Power outages remain a big problem. The city is returning to a
minimally functional state, but only because most people have remained at home.
From what we can see from the air, the city seems to have a surreal calm about it."
Skip the drama, Sean reminds himself. "Reporting from Sky News, Sean Thompson
reporting. Jill, back to you." Sean turns to pilot Tommy Jackson and says "I was a
bit dramatic there." "Don't worry" Tommy replied, "for a newbie who was thrust into
this yesterday on his first day, you have done just fine. It's not as though we
were simply reporting on a fender-bender on the I-5 freeway and then went back to
have donuts at the airport."
Jill: "We go now to our reporter Phil Stewart on the street in downtown LA for a
walking view of the aftermath of the Vanishment. Phil, what do you see down there?"
"Jill, I have been out walking the streets of downtown LA, both yesterday and this
morning. Yesterday I saw chaos as people were screaming that their loved ones,
friends, co-workers, and other people had vanished. People were running and
screaming in sheer terror and confusion. They had seen something normally reserved
for a bad movie. Today it is much calmer, as the streets are mainly empty as people
have generally remained home. A few homeless people have formed crude signs with
the words "REPENT, THE END IS NEAR" on them. Nothing really new about that. But I
have also seen several stores which were never locked up yesterday, and they remain
open. A pile of clothes is generally found behind the counter, or elsewhere in
those small stores. Very eerie. Some of those stores have been looted, and looting
is a real problem down here today. Police can't do much about it as they are
overwhelmed. Just now I see several people running down the street with piles of
stuff in their hands, yelling gleefully. I can tell you that I don't feel safe down
here myself. The loss of order is just one of the disturbing issues we will need to
consider as we move about the city.
Otherwise, given what we have been through during the past 24 hours, I can say that
at least no additional people seem to have vanished today. Jill."
Jill: "Thanks, Phil. We will continue to keep our viewers updated on events as they
unfold. Back in just a minute..."
Over the next week, events continue to unfold on the world stage. Overall, the
disruptions were confined to mostly Christian areas of the world, such as the US,
Europe, and a few other regions. A couple small nations in central Africa were also
hit hard. But the US was most severely affected, and was in a chaotic state.
President Antivon was confirmed by Congress as President, which ended the "Acting"
President issue. He appointed a political unknown as his VP who was previously the
head of an environmental activist group. Martial Law continues in effect as
President Antivon uses it as a means to implement aggressive political moves, and
he signs numerous Executive orders putting controversial and far-reaching polices
into effect without the consent of Congress. There is internal tension in the US
due to the extreme measures being put in place by the new President. Dissent
steadily grows as people see a loss of freedom setting in.
Jill Steiner is at home continuing to read "The Future Times." She does not yet
know what to think about that issue. She never had any belief system outside of
getting ahead as a reporter. It is what she had always wanted to do with her life.
But she finds the book interesting, at least. She reads about what the Bible says
will happen during the first half of the Tribulation:
"Now the Lord opens the 2nd Seal, the Fiery Red Horse of war.
Revelation 6:3 �When the Lamb opened the second seal, I heard the second living
creature say, �Come!� 4 Then another horse came out, a fiery red one. Its rider was
given power to take peace from the earth and to make people kill each other. To him
was given a large sword.�
Seal #2 is the Fiery Red Horse and its rider. This signifies four great armies
which will engage in nearly constant worldwide war during the Tribulation,
including the army of the Antichrist. Despots seeking power will take peace from
the earth, meaning a continuous world war affecting the entire earth. The four
spheres of power on the earth are the Kings of the North, South, East, and West,
who will battle each other. The resulting wars will include conventional,
guerrilla, terrorism, and even nuclear war.
This is what was prophesied by Jesus just days before the cross: �You will hear of
wars and rumors of wars, but see to it that you are not alarmed. Such things must
happen, but the end [Second Advent] is still to come. Nation will rise against
nation, and kingdom against kingdom.� (Matthew 24: 6-7)
This horseman of war will be an historical trend, not a single event. There will be
specific battles during later judgments, but the Fiery Red Horse means a world war
will start almost immediately and wage during the remainder of the Tribulation. The
Rapture will lead to great instability among the nations, and dictators will rush
in to take advantage of the chaotic situation."
Jill did not realize it yet, but the world would soon see that the Four Horsemen
had just arrived. Global war was at the doorstep. The first installment came
quickly and unexpectedly.
CHAPTER 4
EZEKIEL'S PROPHECY FULFILLED

In Russia, the Kremlin leadership is meeting to finalize a war plan which would
take advantage of the chaos in the West. The military leaders present their two-
pronged offensive plan, whereby two Russian army groups will advance along separate
tracks, and meet in the mountains of Jordan east of Israel. From there they will
invade Israel with the ultimate objective being the capture of Jerusalem. The whole
operation should take no more than one week. President Zhukov gives his final
agreement to the bold plan. Time is of the essence.
The world is in chaos. The invasion is set to begin in 48 hours.
Two days later Russian military forces are detected by US satellites heading toward
the Middle East. They are in two columns driving southward at great speed.
President Antivon puts the US military on high alert.
While their forces are driving through southern Russia, the two Russian Army Group
commanders review their plan for taking their objective, which is Jerusalem:
Gen. Ivanov: "My forces will drive through northern Syria, while you drive through
Iran and southern Syria. This will confuse the West regarding our intentions. We
will meet at Damascus, then push south together to Amman, Jordan, where we will
cross into Israel toward Jerusalem."
Gen. Kokoff: "With the West in confusion, Israel should be an easy target for us.
I'll see you at Damascus."
In Washington DC, President Antivon and staff discuss the massing of Russian forces
in southern Russia. President Antivon: "What are they planning? They obviously
think the crisis of the Vanishment will allow them to take advantage of the chaos
in the world. But we need to wait and see what move they make before we do
anything."
US Military Commander: "The Russians are planning something big. They appear to be
highly focused on the Middle East, and Israel in particular. Their forces are not
massing along their southern border, they are moving fast and intend to keep going.
We have intercepted a large number of communications discussing Israel. I would
expect an invasion to their south any day now."
President Antivon: "We will take a wait and see approach. I cannot act now since
their intentions are unclear." The Joint Chiefs suggest there should be movement of
US naval vessels into the eastern Mediterranean. President Antivon agrees.
The following day two Russian Army Groups depart from southern Russia headed
farther south by separate routes. Within two days they have merged their forces and
are passing through Jordan east of Israel. They are moving rapidly without
resistance. Just as they turn west and head through the mountains toward Israel the
skies turn a ghostly gray, with swirling clouds tinged with red streaks. Suddenly,
fiery hail begins to fall. Large burning boulders streak across the sky and fall
directly on the Russian forces. The tanks and armored vehicles leading the military
column through the mountains are crushed and burn as if they were plastic toys.
Thousands of troops who were behind them but still in the plains are screaming in
unison as they burn to death. The Russian forces are quickly wiped out. After only
half an hour, a scene of burned-out wreckage of war machines and countless dead and
burned bodies are everywhere. No one escaped alive. But most of the supplies were
spared, including a large amount of food, dozens of fuel trucks, and an enormous
amount of other materiel and supplies.
Israeli news media reports the incident as a stunning destruction of the invading
Russian forces trying to invade Israel. It is reported as a freak weather event,
although the fiery hail and boulders from the sky cannot be explained.
In Jerusalem the group of new Jewish believers led by Shem Kolb has expanded at an
incredible rate. What started as just a couple dozen new believers has now bloomed
to 144,000 in just one week. Shem, the leader of these 144,000 new Jewish
believers, is meeting with the core group while the rest are listening online. He
reads from the book "The Future Times" to explain what has just happened:
"One of the very first wars during the Tribulation is described in Ezekiel Chapter
39 where the King of the North and his allies attack Israel. This is not the
Armageddon campaign, which will occur seven years from now at the end of the
Tribulation.
Ezekiel 39:2 �I will bring you [King of the North] from the far north and send you
against the mountains of Israel. 3 Then I will strike your bow from your left hand
and make your arrows drop from your right hand. 4 On the mountains of Israel you
will fall, you and all your troops and the nations with you. I will give you as
food to all kinds of carrion birds and to the wild animals. 5 You will fall in the
open field, for I have spoken, declares the Sovereign LORD... I will make known my
holy name among my people Israel.�
The King of the North sees an opportunity to attack Israel shortly after the
Rapture has caused massive disruption on the earth, especially among those nations
supporting Israel. During the Ezekiel 39 battle the King of the North will be
soundly defeated in the mountains of Israel as God Himself rains down fire from
Heaven on the enemy army, which then retreats in defeat."
Shem pauses from reading to explain the significance. "You see how these events
occurred exactly as the Prophet Ezekiel said it would be, and this was well over
2500 years ago. And listen to the reason this has occurred. This books explains
that Israel will need the remnants of the war machines to survive the next seven
years:"
"There are several reasons this war must occur very early during the Tribulation.
First, Israel will burn the weapons of the defeated army for fuel for seven years,
which puts the battle at the very beginning of the Tribulation. Ezekiel 39:9 �Then
those who live in the towns of Israel will go out and use the weapons for fuel and
burn them up�the small and large shields, the bows and arrows, the war clubs and
spears. For seven years they will use them for fuel. The inhabitants of Israel are
given this extra fuel because the Tribulation will be a time of economic disaster,
so the Jews in Israel will need the fuel and supplies for survival during that
seven year period.
The second reason this war occurs during the early part of the Tribulation is
because it is one of two miraculous events which will be used by God to cause Jews
to lose their blindness toward Jesus Christ as Savior, resulting in many Jews being
saved early in the Tribulation. The Rapture is the first event, as discussed by
the Apostle Paul in Romans 11:25: �Israel has experienced a hardening in part until
the full number of the Gentiles has come in.� Then shortly after the Rapture the
Ezekiel 39 war occurs and God gives Israel a miraculous deliverance from the huge
army of the King of the North who attacks during the time of chaos caused by the
Rapture. If not for this miraculous deliverance, Israel would be destroyed. When
discussing this war Ezekiel 39:22 says: �From that day forward the people of Israel
will know that I am the LORD their God.� This shows how the divine deliverance from
certain disaster changes the view of many Jews toward Jesus Christ, resulting in
them becoming believers in large numbers.
Recall that a main purpose of the Tribulation is to bring many Jews to salvation so
they will go into the Millennial Kingdom. Then later in the same Chapter Ezekiel
39:27 says: �When I have brought them back from the nations and have gathered them
from the countries of their enemies, I will be proved holy through them in the
sight of many nations.� Note the �When I have brought them back� describes the
restoration of Israel as a future event which will occur seven years later at the
end of the Tribulation, which further identifies the timing of this war.
Furthermore, the Ezekiel 39 war cannot occur before the Rapture since no prophetic
event of the Old Testament can occur during the Church Age since the Church was not
allowed to be revealed until Israel formally rejected Jesus Christ and His Kingdom
(Millennium). Jesus had to legitimately offer the Kingdom to Israel but could not
have done so if there was any Church Age prophecy which must be fulfilled. There
is no prophecy to be fulfilled during the Church Age except for the Rapture itself,
and this war is an Old Testament prophesy which has not yet occurred, and cannot
occur until the Tribulation has begun.
The King of the North will pay a terrible price, suffering a devastating loss of
people and equipment which will keep him out of the political and military picture
until late in the Tribulation when he attacks the King of the West."
Shem adds after reading from the book: "It is all just as was written about in
Ezekiel 39, and has been explained in this book written long ago. Let us go out to
the mountains and see for ourselves."
At the same time a Rabbi from northern Israel who recently converted to
Christianity is being interviewed on Israeli TV:
Reporter: "Rabbi Cohen, what is the significance of the defeat of the Russian
forces in the mountains of Jordan?"
Rabbi Cohen: "We have seen the protection of our nation by God Himself alone, as
Ezekiel 39 explains. This is a day of great celebration of God's victory over our
enemies. Truly our Messiah will return in less than seven years from now, and then
we will go into a Millennium where the Lord Himself will rule for 1000 years. For
now, the King of the North has been dealt a mortal blow. But the forces of the
Antichrist are coming for us in the near future. We must prepare. Time is short.�
CHAPTER 5
THE ANTICHRIST EMERGES

In Washington DC, President Antivon and advisers discuss what happened in Jordan as
the Russian forces were destroyed. What happened to them? No one can explain it,
but it is viewed as fortuitous. President Antivon praised the "Harmonic Convergence
of the Universe" for the events. With the Russians suffering a great defeat,
President Antivon sees it as a sign to him that he is the chosen one who has been
given mystical powers and was sent to save the earth. His self-view of being a god
is intensified by the events, which serves to embolden him to press forward with
his grand plans for re-making the world order. President Antivon discusses his
plans for uniting the various Western nations into a unified Western Alliance.
Plans include first negotiating with the EU, but if not successful, attacking three
of the larger European nations, then the rest will fall into line. President
Antivon is in a hurry to get this done. And the recent Russian defeat has
accelerated his schedule. President Antivon: "This is our chance to remake the
world. Let us not waste it." He gives orders to move quickly to put in place a plan
to take over Western Europe. Rumblings of opposition within the military ranks is
met with the removal of several high ranking Generals, and some are imprisoned.
Along with the military strategy, President Antivon takes swift action to
nationalize all social media in the US, making it his mouthpiece and a means to
control the citizens. He declares a climate change emergency and uses it as the
basis for further restrictions of individual freedoms. He tells his Chief of Staff
to plan and implement an economic control system, some sort of "mark" which will
require compliance with his dictates in order to engage in any economic activity,
to buy or sell. Gun confiscation is put in place. Martial Law will be further
enhanced in his upcoming speech to the nation, along with more Executive Orders and
a Declaration of National Emergency. With those in place, who needs a Congress or
Supreme Court?
Negotiations with European leaders to unite the Western nations prove fruitless and
seem doomed to fail as European leaders resist his initiatives. President Antivon
decides to move forward with the military option to take over the Western nations
by force. He gives orders to take over three countries, including Germany, France
and Italy, and the rest will have no option but to capitulate. This plan is set to
begin in one week.
President Antivon appears at the UN annual meeting and announces that all Western
Nations must join him in a military/economic coalition which will be the strongest
in the world.
Several European leaders push back on his aggressive approach. They call him
"arrogant and foolish" which further inflames him. President Antivon declares that
there will be a coalition one way or another. Several Western leaders walk out.
Antivon is not impressed.
President Antivon meets with his senior military leaders and announces his plan:
"US forces in NATO will simultaneously take over the governments of Germany, France
and Great Britain. The leaders of these three nations are to be taken captive and
the government buildings taken over. The three nations will have no option but to
yield and join as subordinate nations to a Western Alliance. Our plan is to get
them to capitulate without invasion if possible, or by invasion if necessary, and
then the others will join willingly. If the others do not join us, their countries
will be invaded and taken over by force."
The plan shocks most in the room who hear it, but the example set by removing many
of their fellow Generals made it clear there will be no dissension. The plan is put
into motion. The power position of President Antivon will be firmly solidified by
the formation of a Western Alliance under his command, and his plans for further
world conquest can then be launched having the most powerful combined military
force in the world. This is risky, but it is what Antivon does. He is in it to
either win it all or lose it all.
Two weeks later the leaders of France, Germany and Great Britain are captured and
held hostage by President Antivon's troops. The leaders protest but cannot overcome
their dire situation. A US envoy from President Antivon contacts each one and tells
them "We can do this together, or we can do this without you. Make your choice."
Having no other option, the three leaders agree to join the Western Alliance under
President Antivon's leadership.
The following day President Antivon addresses the nation: "For a very long time
national leaders have talked about solving the world's problems. They just talked
and talked but what was ever accomplished by it? Nothing. Climate change is ruining
our planet. The enemies of the West are plotting against us. Internal enemies of
the State engage in subterfuge, as new Christians emerge and apply their hatred for
the progressive ideals we believe in. It is only a matter of time before the Middle
East is engulfed in war. We can and must act now to solve these issues before they
destroy us all. That is why I ordered our military forces stationed in Europe to
seize the capitals of France, Germany and Great Britain. Our forces have already
accomplished this first phase, and we are now negotiating the terms of our new
world order with the European Union. The time has come. This is our chance to
remake the world. We must not waste this opportunity."
The following day the remaining European nations capitulate and agree to submit to
the leadership of President Antivon under a combined Western Alliance, which
becomes the most powerful alliance in the world by far. News of the events catch
the Russian and Chinese by surprise. They are shocked, but do not have the power to
take on this huge new alliance. Both begin regional alliance negotiations with
neighboring countries, even though some of those are their enemies.
China's leadership gathers in emergency session in Beijing to discuss the recently
formed Western Alliance. Premier Zhou begins: "We have seen the aggression by the
US which has greatly upset the balance of power in the world. We cannot stand by
and watch as they take more and more power to themselves. They are already very
powerful and will gain even more power, likely in areas where we have influence
such as Africa. We must find new alliances for ourselves to offset the West. And
with the recent disastrous defeat of the Russians and their Northern Alliance, they
cannot provide any effective counter to the West. We must consolidate power here in
the Eastern sphere to avoid being the next casualty of the West."
A similar emergency meeting is also in session among Middle East and North African
countries, many of them long established enemies. The discussions were much the
same as in the Eastern sphere. The power accumulation by the West has forced these
countries to seek a Southern Alliance in an attempt to repel any attempts to take
them over one by one. And the potential Southern Alliance members not only fear the
West, but also the Northern and the Eastern Alliances. In these times of
accumulation of power, no one could be trusted to leave the Middle East and North
Africa alone, since the countries in those areas were viewed as a source of gaining
power in the Mediterranean region close to several Western Alliance member
countries. An agreement is quickly reached among Middle East and North African
Muslim countries, and the Southern Alliance becomes a reality.
Around the world new believers are forming study groups to learn about their newly
discovered faith. There are no Bible experts who remain on earth, so they must read
online books and try to learn as fast as they can. But they find the task is not
easy, since there are many books, but most books about the future were written by
people who were not very accurate. So the task of finding useful information was
difficult.
One group in Texas has been searching for answers and assembles almost daily for a
group study. They have found that most of the detailed information about the
Antichrist comes from Daniel Chapter 7, and the multiple heads, horns, and crowns
on this Antichrist discussed in Revelation relate back to Daniel's prophecies.
The group leader James Coldwell tells those who are gathered:
"We are picking up where we left off last time with the Book of Daniel which
describes four different beasts which look like various animals including a lion, a
bear, a leopard, and a ten horned beast. The various beasts represent the four
great empires of the ancient world, namely Chaldea (Nebuchadnezzar), Persia (Cyrus
the Great), Macedonia (Alexander the Great), and Rome (the Caesars). We pick up the
passage in Daniel at the discussion of the fourth beast, the Roman Empire. Let me
read from Daniel Chapter 7":
Daniel 7:7 �After that, in my vision at night I looked, and there before me was a
fourth beast� terrifying and frightening and very powerful. It had large iron
teeth; it crushed and devoured its victims and trampled underfoot whatever was
left. It was different from all the former beasts, and it had ten horns.�
Group Leader Coldwell continues: "Daniel prophesied about the coming of the Roman
Empire 500 years before Julius Caesar. Daniel foresaw how Rome would become a great
empire through conquests on a scale unequaled in human history. Daniel also foresaw
that Rome would be made up of ten major nations/regions it would conquer, and these
ten are part of what is now Western Europe, North Africa, Greece, and part of Asia
Minor. So the fourth beast described by Daniel is ancient Rome during the Caesars.
It conquered the world, devouring many nations and peoples. It had ten horns,
meaning ten regions as defined in ancient times."
"Now Daniel's vision turns to the Tribulation, when an empire ruled by the
Antichrist will come out of the nations which were part of the ancient Roman
Empire. Now to the New Testament, we see there are numerous references to the
Antichrist. Daniel describes how the Antichrist as ruler of this Revived Roman
Empire will consolidate his power:
Daniel 7:8 �While I was thinking about the horns [ancient nations], there before me
was another horn, a little one [Antichrist], which came up among them [nations
during the Tribulation]; and three of the first horns were uprooted before it. This
horn had eyes like the eyes of a human being and a mouth that spoke boastfully.�
Daniel 7:23 �He gave me this explanation...24 The ten horns are ten kings who will
come from this kingdom [ancient Rome]. After them another [11th] king will arise
[Antichrist], different from the earlier ones; he will subdue three kings [European
nations]. 25 He will speak against the Most High and oppress his holy people [Jews]
and try to change the set times [prophecies about the Tribulation] and the laws
[totally lawless]. The holy people will be delivered into his hands for a time,
times and half a time [3 � years].�
Group Leader Coldwell: "This is describing the Antichrist. Let me read from the
book "The Future Times" which we all have been reading which interprets these Bible
passages:"
"This �little horn� is the Antichrist who during the first 3 � years of the
Tribulation will conquer (�uproot�) three of the ten large �horns� (nations) and
the other seven �horns� (nations) will submit to his rule as the King of the West
during the Tribulation. He will come from an 11th nation which was apparently
related to but possibly not part of the ancient Roman Empire. This confederation
of nations under the Antichrist will become the Revived Roman Empire of the second
half of the Tribulation, which is consolidated from ten separate nations by warfare
and treaty during the first half of the Tribulation. This also relates back to the
first Seal, the Rider on the White Horse (dictatorship), and the second Seal, the
Fiery Red Horse (worldwide warfare). So the Antichrist consolidates power by
warfare during the first half of the Tribulation setting up his evil tyrannical
rule over a ten nation confederation made up of former Roman Empire countries and
uses his accumulated power as a tool of Satan during the last part of the
Tribulation. He will then attempt to conquer the rest of the world as his
predecessors the Caesars had done. He will do Satan's work as he tries to destroy
Israel and all Jews everywhere during the last 3 � years of the Tribulation (the
meaning of �time, times, and half a time� � 1 year plus 2 years plus � year = 3 �
years).
The passages from Daniel describe the Antichrist and his origins several thousand
years before he actually arrives. Daniel says the Antichrist will rule western
nations which were formerly part of the ancient Roman Empire, so his empire is not
made up of Islamic nations or other regions. Those regions will have their own
power spheres and will also be pulled together by Satan into his evil plans. More
will be discussed about the origins of the Antichrist in Revelation Chapter 17."
A member of the study group asks: "How many here believe that President Antivon is
the Antichrist?" Everyone talks at once, with most saying they believe he is, some
saying they are not sure, and a few saying they do not believe he could come out of
the US. But all agree that Antivon is anti-Christian. "He does not believe in God,
but believes he is a god!" one member interjects. Another asks "How can we really
know?"
Group Leader Coldwell tries to answer the questions: "The Antichrist has some of
the traits of the various nations and rulers of the ancient world � a mixture of
speed, strength and cunning -- but he will be different. Satan will empower him
directly, making him one of the most powerful dictators in history. The Antichrist
is discussed in a number of Bible passages and is referred to by several names.
Although the term �antichrist� has stuck as the name commonly used for him, the
Bible calls him �the Beast�, �the Beast out of the Sea�, �the antichrist�, �the man
of sin�, �the little horn�, �the man of lawlessness�, �the man doomed to
destruction�, and �the lawless one� as noted in the following representative
passages:
2 Thessalonians 2:3 -- �Don�t let anyone deceive you in any way, for that day will
not come until the rebellion occurs and the man of lawlessness is revealed, the man
doomed to destruction. 4 He will oppose and will exalt himself over everything that
is called God or is worshiped, so that he sets himself up in God�s temple,
proclaiming himself to be God.�
2 Thessalonians 2:8 -- �And then the lawless one will be revealed, whom the Lord
Jesus will overthrow with the breath of his mouth and destroy by the splendor of
his coming.�
1 John 2:18 -- �Dear children, this is the last hour; and as you have heard that
the antichrist
is coming, even now many antichrists have come.� Revelation 13:2 �The beast I saw
resembled a leopard�
Daniel 7:8 � �While I was thinking about the horns, there before me was another
horn, a little one...�
Then Group Leader Coldwell reads from "The Future Times":
"The rise of the Antichrist will be orchestrated by Satan with a dramatic flair
which builds him up as a deity and therefore an object of worship in the eyes of
the world. But his worshipers will actually be worshiping Satan.
Revelation 13:3 �One of the heads of the beast seemed to have had a fatal wound,
but the fatal wound had been healed. The whole world was filled with wonder and
followed the beast. 4 People worshiped the dragon because he had given authority to
the beast, and they also worshiped the beast and asked, �Who is like the beast? Who
can wage war against it?�
The Bible predicts that the Antichrist will survive a �fatal wound� received during
an assassination attempt since a �sword� is used against him (Revelation 13:14).
He will appear to actually die, but will be revived and live when everyone on earth
thought he was dead. This near-death experience will cement his �deity� image and
help promote him as head of the new religious order sponsored by Satan. People of
all nations will see his Satan-induced power and will witness his �resurrection�
from the dead, then will worship Satan through the Antichrist. The two will be
practically indistinguishable. This worldwide adoration mixed with his presumed
�miraculous resurrection� leads to the Antichrist setting up his own religion where
he is the deity, and he places his own statue in the temple in Jerusalem to be
worshiped as an idol (the Abomination of Desolation). Satan is such a copy-cat,
and this becomes one reason why this man is called the antichrist, because Satan
uses him to mimic and mock the true salvation work and person of Jesus Christ,
including Christ's miracles, death and resurrection. As we noted earlier, when the
Jewish believers in Israel see the Antichrist idol statue called the Abomination of
Desolation put into the temple in Jerusalem they must flee to the high desert areas
of Jordan where they will be protected, or they will be killed.
The Antichrist will be a genius, so we must give him his due. He will accomplish
many things due to his combination of great intellect, communication skills,
military genius, political skills, and even his use of false religion and idolatry
to accomplish the will of his benefactor, Satan. Satan uses the man's innate
skills, which will be numerous, and adds his own empowerment through demon
possession and even Satan possession at times to make the Antichrist into a rock
star level superhero world leader in the eyes of the degenerate unbelievers of the
world. World events will also lure people into a desire for a strongman to solve
the world's problems resulting from the �Four Horsemen� judgments of Revelation 6.
He even uses false miracles to wow the masses, which will be discussed later. So
his rise to power is swift and decisive, and he becomes the world's most famous and
popular man and the public will literally worship him as a deity. But his
precipitous fall 3 � years later will mirror his meteoric rise.
The following passages in the Bible describe the Antichrist's significant
capabilities:
1) Political skill � pulls together many (Revelation 13:1; Daniel 7: 20-21); 2)
Military skill (Revelation 13:1; Daniel 7: 20-21; Revelation 16), 3) Religious
skill � sets up false religion which deceives the masses (Revelation 13:6-8,
Revelation 17+18), 4) Power of miracles (2 Thessalonians 2:1-12), 5) eloquent
communicator. Again, demon and Satan possession will enhance his innate skills to
levels where people will see him as a god� but only for a short time.
The key to the success of the Antichrist is his ability to put in place a system of
evil power which takes away individual freedom, especially freedom to worship
anyone except himself, in exchange for the promise of security and economic
benefit. The Tribulation will be a time of heightened insecurity for people due to
the disruption of the Rapture, followed by extreme levels of disaster from the Four
Horsemen and extreme natural disasters which we have already noted. Therefore,
people will be ready to accept this dictator since he appears to have great power
on several levels, and promises the masses he will keep them safe and secure. Of
course, that will turn out to be a false promise of security, and they will lose
their freedoms in exchange for nothing.
Revelation 13:5 �The beast was given a mouth to utter proud words and blasphemies
and to exercise its authority for forty-two months.�
Satan gives the Antichrist supernatural communication ability to issue false
promises in a manner which makes them widely accepted as truth. Add to that his
arrogant and blasphemous tone, and the degenerate world will view him with awe and
reverence, and will refuse to turn to the true Savior Jesus Christ. His short-lived
power will last for 3 � years until the Second Advent of Christ. Revelation 13:6
�It opened its mouth to blaspheme God, and to slander his name and his dwelling
place and those who live in heaven.�
The Antichrist sets himself up as a deity and continually blasphemes God and all
associated with God, in Heaven and on earth. His taunting of God will make him a
hero to the degenerate masses, who will adore him. He turns his statues into idols
to be worshiped. He slanders God and the elect angels in Heaven because he cannot
stand anyone having more power than he has, especially those beyond his reach to
intimidate or harass. His absolute arrogance will further endear him to his adoring
fans. They will think in their own arrogance that God must be powerless against
him, since at first there does not appear to be any retribution against him. But
God will only give him 3 � years, then it will all end. He will soon become the
very first resident of the Lake of Fire, the eternal residence waiting for Satan,
fallen angels, and unbelievers of all time. Revelation 13:7 �It was given power to
wage war against God�s holy people and to conquer them. And it was given authority
over every tribe, people, language and nation.�
After reading from the book, Group Leader Coldwell continues:
"The Antichrist will make a treaty with Israel during the early part of the
Tribulation, then will break that treaty and occupy Israel without much resistance
and install a puppet ruler over Israel who supports him. By the middle of the
Tribulation the Antichrist will have a significant military presence in Israel,
setting up a military target for the other three Kings to come after him at the end
of the Tribulation resulting in the final battle at Armageddon. In the meantime,
the Antichrist will exert great power over Israel, including military power, and
also power over economic life and even power over life and death, but these powers
will not cause Jewish believers to renounce their faith in Christ. This will
severely frustrate the Antichrist. God permits persecution of believers in Israel
to show His power through believers in the face of absolute evil. The Antichrist
will have extreme power over many of the people of the world, and he will be one of
the most powerful people of all time, humanly speaking. But he cannot control God's
faithful believers, even though he will kill many of them for their refusal to
comply with his system of evil. It should be noted that all believers in Israel
will have fled to the mountains of Jordan before the Antichrist takes firm control
of Israel, so the Jewish believers who will be in Israel during the second half of
the Tribulation are recent converts. When we see their faith and martyrdom, we must
remember what very new believers they are, and how impressive their display of
faith will be under the circumstances."
Revelation 13:8 �All inhabitants of the earth will worship the beast�all whose
names have not been written in the Lamb�s book of life, the Lamb who was slain from
the creation of the world.�
A member of the study group asks: "Why would people chose to follow the
Antichrist?"
Group Leader Coldwell:
Unbelievers on earth believe in the Antichrist instead of believing in Jesus
Christ. They will prefer Satan's lie to the Truth. Worshiping the Antichrist will
be satanic worship, since it is Satan's power they are seeing. This �hardness of
heart� will be extreme among the degenerate masses during the Tribulation. The
Antichrist will also make life difficult for those who refuse to follow him. He
will institute a "Mark of the Beast" program which will prohibit anyone from buying
or selling anything, including food, without accepting this Mark. But as believers
we are told we must refuse the Mark. It will be difficult to refuse as we look at
our families and others who depend on us. But refuse we must. The Bible says we
must be faithful and endure patiently:"
Revelation 13:9 �Whoever has ears, let them hear. 10 �If anyone is to go into
captivity, into captivity they will go. If anyone is to be killed with the sword,
with the sword they will be killed.� This calls for patient endurance and
faithfulness on the part of God�s people.�
"As noted, these will be new believers who become martyrs, none for more than a few
years because the Rapture removed all believers before the Tribulation began. For
Jewish believers in Israel it will be even more difficult. At mid-Tribulation all
believers in Israel must flee to a safe hiding place in the mountains. After that
flight, all new believers from that point on are required to remain and be prepared
to fight when the time comes. Those who sacrifice for the Lord during this extreme
time of evil will receive their reward in Heaven. God allows evil to have its way
for short periods of time throughout history, but God never loses control. The
Antichrist will kill many believers, either directly or indirectly by taking away
their ability to buy basic necessities since they will refuse the Mark of the
Beast. But the murderers are destined for much misery on earth during the Trumpet
and Bowl Judgments followed by eternal condemnation."
After a prayer for guidance the study group members depart. They will be back again
the next day seeking more wisdom from the Scriptures.
CHAPTER 6
THE FALSE PROPHET

In Israel, recently elected Prime Minister Hamon Garlock has been following news of
the rise of President Antivon very closely. He views him as a fellow traveler on
the road to a radical progressive future. Garlock is an atheist who rose to power
in a bitter political struggle, and would not have won except that his opponent --
who was expected to win easily -- died in a freak accident just before the
election. Garlock is another of Satan's men who had recently and unexpectedly come
to the forefront as a world leader under highly unusual circumstances. The Bible
calls him the "Beast out of the Land" (Israel), and also the "False Prophet,"
because he will support the Antichrist and promote his idolatry to the Jews.
Garlock decides to make a treaty with the Antichrist very early during the
Tribulation which will allow the army of the Antichrist to station military forces
inside Israel in return for certain advantages for Israel, and at the expense of
the Arab nations. Prime Minister Garlock flies to the US to meet with President
Antivon and finalize the proposed treaty. The two leaders meet at Camp David to
discuss the remaining details. After two days of discussions, they reach an
agreement.
Prime Minister Garlock: "This Treaty between the US and Israel is a necessity
because of the recent attempted invasion by Russia. US troops will be stationed in
Israel to prevent any future attacks. It is also important to us that the Treaty
allows Israel to fully occupy the Temple Mount where the new Temple has been built,
because the religious Jews demand it, and they also want to resume animal
sacrifices. I need to gain their support since they were strongly opposed to my
election as Prime Minister. So with these provisions already in the Treaty as we
have agreed, I am very satisfied and ready to sign."
President Antivon: "Then we are in agreement. The Arab nations will not like it,
but I will deal with them. Let us make a public announcement today that we have a
Treaty."
Prime Minister Garlock: "I agree. And although the Treaty does not include the
"religious" support you want from me, you can be assured that I am strongly
committed to supporting your priorities as we have discussed privately. But the
rest of my Cabinet does not need to know about that."
News of the Treaty between the Western Alliance and Israel spreads quickly, and
most in Israel are generally positive since they view it as protection of Israel by
the world's most powerful Alliance. But not all agree. One reporter seeks out Rabbi
Cohen from northern Israel who recently converted to Christianity and is an
outspoken critic of Prime Minister Garlock.
Reporter: "Rabbi Cohen, what is your take on the Treaty?"
Rabbi Cohen: "This is the Treaty between the Antichrist and the False Prophet
discussed in the Bible. Revelation 13:11 says �Then I saw a second beast, coming
out of the earth. It had two horns like a lamb, but it spoke like a dragon.� The
Beast out of the Land, not "earth," means the False Prophet is from Israel, often
referred to in the Bible as �the Land." �Beast� means they are both demon
possessed and serve the �dragon� Satan. This man is known to us as the False
Prophet since his primary role is as the religious supporter of the Antichrist,
promoting him as a deity. So the False Prophet, even though he is an atheist, has
a "religious" side to him, promoting a false satanic religion through mysticism and
idolatry. He is doing Satan's work, just like the Antichrist, which is why this
verse says he �spoke like a dragon.� Horns in the Bible refer to power, and the
False Prophet's �two horns� show he wields his own power as ruler of Israel and is
also a powerful religious leader supporting the Antichrist. The False Prophet will
also be the one who puts the idol statue of the Antichrist into the Temple in
Jerusalem at the midpoint of the Tribulation. The Jewish leader is called the
False Prophet since he will support the Antichrist in promoting his satanic false
religion. The Antichrist will use a treaty to make the False Prophet his puppet to
aid in spreading his evil religious system throughout Israel. The Antichrist will
show his antisemitism later, but for now it suits his needs to work with this False
Prophet and with Israel, especially to absorb the apostate remnants of religious
Judaism into his own satanic religious system. While this is happening, many Jews
are turning to Jesus Christ recognizing Him as their Messiah Savior.
Reporter: "So you think Prime Minister Garlock is the False Prophet who supports
the Antichrist who you say is President Antivon? Are you serious?"
Rabbi Cohen: "Yes, very serious. The False Prophet is referred to in several ways
throughout the Bible: 1) False Prophet (Matthew 24:24; Revelation 19:20); 2) Beast
out of the land (Revelation 13:11-18); and 3) Dan the Serpent (Genesis 49:16-18)."
"And Revelation 13:12 says �It exercised all the authority of the first beast on
its behalf, and made the earth and its inhabitants worship the first beast, whose
fatal wound had been healed. 13 And it performed great signs, even causing fire to
come down from heaven to the earth in full view of the people. 14 Because of the
signs it was given power to perform on behalf of the first beast, it deceived the
inhabitants of the earth. It ordered them to set up an image in honor of the beast
who was wounded by the sword and yet lived.�
"So this verse says there will be some sort of "false resurrection" of the
Antichrist, although we do not yet know what that means. I would expect that we
will soon find out.
"The False Prophet's alliance with the Antichrist is two-fold, both as puppet ruler
in Israel and as a religious leader, and he will exercise full authority on behalf
of the Antichrist. The False Prophet will perform pseudo miracles under the power
of demons, including as it says here �causing fire to come down from heaven to the
earth�. The two Beasts work together to do Satan's work in establishing and
promoting the worldwide false religious system where the Antichrist is the deity
and the False Prophet is his number one prophet and keeper of the false religion.
Again we see how Satan tries to mimic God's truth by substituting falsehood to
deceive the masses. The near-death and false resurrection of the Antichrist will be
used by the False Prophet as a marketing tool to promote him to the masses as a
deity, which is why the Abomination of Desolation idol � a statue of the Antichrist
-- is set up in the temple in Jerusalem at the direction of the False Prophet. This
idol statue of the Antichrist was described by Daniel:
Daniel 9:27 -- �He [Antichrist] will confirm a covenant with many [Israel] for one
�seven� [Tribulation 7 years]. In the middle of the �seven� he will put an end to
sacrifice and offering. And at the temple he will set up an abomination that causes
desolation, until the end [Second Advent] that is decreed is poured out on him.�
Rabbi Cohen concludes: "Therefore the False Prophet is a tool of the Antichrist to
promote him as a god to the unbelievers of Israel. Many will be deceived because of
the pseudo- miracles the Antichrist appears to perform, along with the message of
healing the earth and eliminating the undesirables. And the False Prophet will be
the one who sells these lies to the people of Israel."
The Reporter goes away shaking his head.
CHAPTER 7
ANTICHRIST AND FALSE RELIGION

At the White House the staff is scurrying as President Antivon decides to go out
for dinner to his favorite restaurant. He has not been able to do so since becoming
President. As he arrives at the restaurant and begins walking up the sidewalk he is
targeted for assassination. A knife- wielding attacker bursts out of the crowd
yelling "Die, Antichrist" and manages to stab President Antivon in the chest. The
attacker is immediately killed by Secret Service agents.
President Antivon is rushed to George Washington University Hospital, and after
attempts to revive him is declared dead. The sheet is pulled up over him as the
Chief Medical Officer goes to the briefing room and begins to tell the nation that
President Antivon has been killed. The Press outside is also notified, and the news
spreads quickly. As the briefing continues an Aide comes into the room where the
body is laying and sees movement. As he begins yelling, the doctors are urgently
called back and President Antivon is found to be alive and is revived.
After several minutes of the world thinking President Antivon is dead, news that he
is alive creates euphoric celebrations worldwide. Rumors spread of a "resurrection"
from the dead, slowly at first, then a frenzy of press activity declares it is a
"miracle" and "a sign of our impending salvation." President Antivon instantly
gains a god-like stature among his loyal followers. News announcers declare "He is
the One we have been waiting for to deliver us, and to deliver the earth. He is
indeed a god among us."
Crowds in Times Square go from sobbing to cheering wildly at the news of the
"resurrection" of President Antivon. Everyone heard what they wanted to hear.
Climate change will finally be resolved by this god-like man who can even cheat
death. The world believes it has a new savior who will end climate change,
implement world peace and provide prosperity under a new world order, and stop the
spread of what they view as "Christian moralism."
After a short recovery, President Antivon quickly acts to consolidate even more
power. The military will now be used to enforce the new laws requiring compliance
with his climate priorities. Christians must be controlled, stopped or eliminated
entirely. The internal police must be expanded. Most citizens, but not all, cheer
and celebrate the new stronger initiatives.
At the Capitol Building Senators talk among themselves about the drastic changes
being made by President Antivon without consent of Congress:
Senator Anders: "The changes being made are unconstitutional and frightening. I
am not on board with this shredding of our Constitution. We lost 16 Senators to
the Vanishment and they were ones who would have helped stop this madness. But
they are not here to help, and the replacement process is uncertain and has
stalled. What are we going to do?"
Senator Farrow: "Who would have thought that it was the Christians who have
vanished who were holding the country together? They were the core of the good and
decent people who believed in the principles our country was founded on. As long as
they were here this sudden degradation of society could not have happened, but now
that they are gone the majority of those who remain are ready to accept the radical
leftist and anti-Constitutional policies of President Antivon. He is lawless, but
what can be done? The citizens who would have stood in the way are gone."
Senator Davis: "President Antivon's measures have declared lawful people criminals,
and criminals are now celebrated as heroes. After the former Christians vanished,
the new Christians were declared to be enemies of the State. President Antivon is
trampling the rights of all good and decent citizens, especially these new
Christians."
Senator Ford: "There are rumblings that the new President is the one called the
Antichrist. I now believe it myself. Something must be done or he will lead us
straight to Armageddon."
Senator Davis: "No wonder he hates Christians so much. Although I had never
believed it before, the Bible says there would be a man like this. He is mad, and
is lawlessly implementing his madness. We must stop him from further shredding the
Constitution or he will destroy our country. But the masses are swayed by his
soaring rhetoric and lies. We need to meet tomorrow and discuss details, but we
must be very discreet." They all agree to meet the following day at a secret
location.
Later that day, the four Senators are arrested and charged with treason.
The next day President Antivon addresses the nation:
"Today I am furthering my previous Declaration of Martial Law and expanding on the
National State of Emergency to focus on combating global climate change. If we do
not fight global climate change, my advisers say the earth will not survive even
seven more years. This is the real global war which is necessary. Those who do not
believe and join will be shunned. This includes primarily the new Christians who
are climate change deniers, and also do not believe in LGBTQI propositions, gender
choice, or other progressive ideas. Those who do not renounce such hate must be
dealt with harshly. I am implementing a system which will only allow those who join
our fight to buy and sell in commerce. Anyone who is not with us is against us, and
especially the Christians if they refuse to renounce their backward and hate-
filled beliefs."
Watching President Antivon in his conference room in Silicon Valley the CEO of a
social media giant says to his staff who have gathered to see what President
Antivon would say: "This is the opportunity we have been hoping for. We will muster
all of our power to support the President's initiatives. Make sure all employees
know that our priority is to save the world, and to do it we will do whatever is
necessary to support President Antivon's policies. The Martial Law and emergency
order will help cut through all the red tape. We need to get on this fast, so let's
get to work and change the world."
In the streets many celebrate President Antivon's initiatives. Each one hears what
they want to hear from his speech. Many think they will personally benefit since
Christians will be forced to "convert" to the new way of the State. A leader of the
assembled crowd is heard saying: "The ones who vanished needed to go. They stood in
the way of the progressive society and the healing of the earth. With them gone, we
can now move ahead into a future filled with great promise, and without all the
other things those Christians perpetrated on society." And the prospect of taxing
wealth from the new Christians who are being declared outcasts and will soon be
dispatched in large numbers also helps deepen their admiration for President
Antivon. The average person sees him as the one they have been waiting for. To them
he is a savior. He is a god.
But elsewhere there is opposition to the power seizure of President Antivon. New
believers see him for what he is. He is the Antichrist discussed in the Bible. He
is the one who will bring only satanic influence and destruction. Believers meeting
in secret all over the country commit to opposing the Antichrist. They know the
Mark of the Beast is coming. They know this man will lead them to Armageddon. They
know they must oppose him and trust in God to deliver them. But they also know it
will be a hard road to travel. Secret internet groups are set up to support the
pockets of believers in the US and elsewhere. But they must be very careful. They
realize the forces of the Antichrist will seek them out to shut them down and
eventually will try to destroy them.
CHAPTER 8
THE JEWISH AWAKENING

Scene in Israel at a Synagogue in Jerusalem:

Rabbi Cohen of northern Israel is visiting Jerusalem to address worshipers: "My
friends, we Jews were wrong. We missed our Messiah. He has come, and we missed it.
He is Jesus, the One our Christian friends worship, and we missed His coming to us.
[Many start to leave the Synagogue, but many others stay.] It is time to change our
way of thinking and accept Jesus as our Savior. He was the One the Torah and
Prophets spoke of. He was the One who will return for His believers in just seven
short years. Inside the Temples in Israel the apostate Jews who still refuse to
believe in their Messiah have re-instituted animal sacrifices. That is a blasphemy
to the Lord! The Lord Jesus Christ was the only sacrifice, and ended the animal
sacrifices. Our rituals and animal sacrifices are not sanctioned by God since the
true sacrifice which they formerly represented has already been accomplished on the
Cross. As the Book of Hebrews says about such sacrifices after the Cross: "they are
crucifying the Son of God all over again and subjecting him to public disgrace." It
is time to shed the apostasy which modern day Judaism has become. The time is
short. Prepare the way for the Lord!"
Later, outside the Temple in Jerusalem:
The young man Shem Kolb is with his friends, now a large crowd, who had gone out to
the mountains to see the remnants of the Russian forces which had been destroyed.
They are discussing what Shem had learned from his Christian friend before his
friend disappeared: "Look at all the things which have happened already. The
Christian Bible has been shown to be correct about what would happen at the Rapture
and in the time following. My Christian friend, who disappeared at the Rapture
event, told me of these things. They were all correct. The Rabbi who has become a
new believer is also correct. We Jews were on the wrong side of history. Now we are
required to prepare the way for the Lord's return. There will be much to overcome.
But we are the core group of new believers who will declare the gospel of Jesus
Christ to the lost world."
A member of the group asks him "What must we do to become the 144,000 evangelists?
We have just recently become believers ourselves. How do we accomplish this
overwhelming task?"
Shem Kolb: I have been studying this issue intensely since the Vanishment event
occurred. I have found that things will unfold in two stages over seven years.
The Bible says that during the first 3 1/2 years there will be increasing disasters
and persecution of believers. After the first 3 1/2 years the Jewish believers in
Israel must be ready to flee to the mountains outside of Israel when the statue of
the Antichrist is put in the temple. Those believer Jews who flee Israel must
remain in hiding to become the core group to repopulate the world during the 1000
year reign of the Lord, called the Millennium. While those believer Jews remain in
the mountains during the second 3 1/2 years of the Tribulation, those Jews who
become believers after the Midpoint must remain and train to fight the Antichrist's
military forces. There are therefore two very different sets of instructions, and
each group must follow the instructions meant for them. I have been studying a
book that explains it all, called "The Future Times" which lays out the timeline of
what will happen. Here is what it says about this issue:"
"When the Rapture takes all believers off the earth, no qualified evangelists
remain. Therefore God raises up a new cadre of evangelists at the beginning of the
Tribulation, which are the 144,000 witnesses from Israel. The 144,000 are Jews who
believe in Christ as soon as they see the Rapture, since they will immediately
grasp its significance and understand what it means. The Rapture causes a great
awakening on the earth among the Jews. Almost immediately after the Rapture the
144,000 Jews believe in Jesus Christ and become the initial evangelists for the
early part of the Tribulation. Therefore the elect angels in charge of the weather
judgments are told to hold off on disasters until evangelism gets established since
God wants to offer every chance for salvation. These new evangelists will have
�the seal of the living God� which means they are given special divine protection.
The Holy Spirit will have departed from the earth, and since His sealing ministry
is gone, a new form of divine sealing is given to these 144,000 evangelists. The
great weather disasters will not begin until these 144,000 are in place and sealed,
and the evangelization of the world has begun."
Shem and his friends agree that they want to be part of the initial 144,000
believer Jews who will carry the Word of the Lord to Israel and the entire world.
They declare their faith in their Messiah Jesus Christ and pledge their lives to
the cause of evangelizing the world.
As they set out on their mission they know that their path will be a difficult one.
CHAPTER 9
ECONOMIC DISASTER -- THE HORSEMEN RIDE

Back in LA, news anchor Jill Steiner cannot sleep and is up early reading from the
book "The Future Times:"
"The third horseman now appears, which is economic disaster.
Revelation 6:5 �When the Lamb opened the third seal, I heard the third living
creature say, �Come!� I looked, and there before me was a black horse! Its rider
was holding a pair of scales in his hand. 6 �Then I heard what sounded like a voice
among the four living creatures, saying, �Two pounds of wheat for a day�s wages,
and six pounds of barley for a day�s wages, and do not damage the oil and the wine!
� �
Economic depression and resultant famine is the Black Horse. As a result of the
first two horses, the world spirals quickly into worldwide depression. Scarcity and
famine will grip the entire world for the remainder of the Tribulation. The scales
show how precious food becomes during this intense global economic depression. The
Antichrist will parcel out food, goods, and services to his followers and withhold
them from those who refuse to submit to him by taking his Mark of the Beast.
The Lord is heard saying here that a day's wages will only buy a quart of wheat
grains, or three quarts of barley grains, barely enough for a family to survive on
lower quality food, and with nothing left over for anything else. And the olive oil
and wine (luxury foods during a depression) will be highly sought after by those
fortunate few who can afford them. Life is reduced to a subsistence level with
people living hand to mouth worldwide."
Having lost track of time, Jill stops reading and hurries off to work. In the
studio she starts her morning news report:
"Good morning LA. Or is it? Food shortages have become widespread and food riots
are occurring everywhere. We take you now to downtown LA where this video shows
armed bands of looters in various parts of the city." As the video plays, Jill
talks with her producer. She tells him this is due to the onerous restrictions put
in place by President Antivon. The producer tells Jill to be very careful about
what she says, because there are eyes everywhere watching for anyone questioning
President Antivon's policies. Jill agrees that these are dangerous times to have
an opinion. But in the final moments of her morning news show Jill looks at the
clock and sees she needs to fill 15 seconds before the next show starts. Jill
looks at the camera and says "Am I the only one who looks at all of these disasters
and sees the predictions from the Book of Revelation? Do you see it? I think we
should all take a look at what the Bible has predicted about the Future Times.
That is the way I see it." As the show ends her producer warns: "Jill, be very
careful. The authorities can shut us down any time they chose to do so."
Later that day, President Antivon institutes new measures, taking even more power
to himself. Congress has now become just a shadow government organization, and with
Martial Law and a State of Emergency in effect the Supreme Court is hamstrung.
Anyone questioning the actions of President Antivon winds up fired, imprisoned or
found dead.
At home that evening Jill Steiner, with the words of her producer still ringing in
her ears, continues to read from the book "The Future Times."
"Now the Lord opens the 4th Seal, the Pale Horse of Death, announced by the fourth
Seraph.
Revelation 6:7 �When the Lamb opened the fourth seal, I heard the voice of the
fourth living creature say, �Come!� 8 I looked, and there before me was a pale
horse! Its rider was named Death, and Hades was following close behind him. They
were given power over a fourth of the earth to kill by sword, famine and plague,
and by the wild beasts of the earth.�
Death is the fourth horsemen, naturally resulting from the first three. Survival
during the Tribulation is difficult, with the previous three horsemen causing death
on a massive scale. A large part of the earth's population will die during these
seven years from war, famine, wild animals, and increased illnesses, and many
others will die from specific judgments during the Bowl and Trumpet judgments. The
Pale Horse alone will take 25% of the earth's population, over 1.5 billion people.
Then other judgments in the later Seals will kill even more people so that from the
start of the Tribulation until the end it appears that more than 90% of the earth's
population will die."
As Jill puts down her book she contemplates the words "more than 90% of the earth's
population will die." After a rough mental calculation Jill says out loud "that is
many billions of people!" Of the people she sees on a daily basis only 1 in 10
will live out another seven years? She shudders as she looks at the book lying on
her table, the words echoing in her head. Somehow she knows it is true.
Trying to think of other things, Jill makes a mental note not to incite the
authorities to investigate her co-workers. She does not want to put them at risk.
The authorities have threatened to destroy the lives of any who oppose them. It is
not just her life, it is the lives of all who depend on her doing what the
authorities require. The news has become just a propaganda machine for the
authorities. But what is right? Jill goes to sleep wondering how she can continue
to ignore speaking openly about what she has come to believe as the truth. But she
is conflicted by the need to support her friends and co-workers. She finds no easy
answers, only more questions.
Jill decides to go out and meet with several of her friends. They have been asking,
but she has repeatedly declined. It had been several months since they last went
out together, so they agree to meet at a bistro near Jill's apartment. Once there,
they catch up on what they have been doing, their careers, and so on. Then the talk
turns to politics. It could not be avoided in the current climate.
Jill's friend Tara asks: "So Jill, where do you stand on the new President? Do you
think he is really a god or something?"
Jill: "Oh, I don't think much about it. But it seems a bit of a stretch to me."
Tara: "But he was resurrected, right? I mean, he died and then he came back to
life. That is something god-like, right?"
Jill: "Technically not resurrected. That is what people believe happens at -- well
-- the Rapture which supposedly just happened. Or maybe it was just a Vanishment. I
don't know. But being dead and then revived is something else. Maybe resuscitation
would be a better word."
Tara: "The rest of us were talking before you arrived. We all believe he is some
kind of a god or something. It is so cool, and he will have power from the
Harmonics of the Universe to heal the planet. It is all so exiting! We can live out
our lives now on a healed earth, instead of dying from the rising oceans and heat
and stuff. I mean, only a "denier" would oppose our President."
Jill: "Whatever you want to believe. I simply have my doubts."
Tara: "But we believe it. So we don't know why you wouldn't believe it, too. It is
obvious to the rest of us. Why can't you see what we see? We thought you were our
friend."
Jill: "OK, so you believe it. Fine. Let's just skip it."
Tara: "That is not the point. This is one of the most important issues of our time.
We now have a man with god-like powers who can solve the problems of the earth and
also make our lives better all-around -- we don't see how you could miss it. I
mean, that is really weird of you. This is a salvation we can actually put into
practical use. Don't you believe in it?"
Jill: "Salvation of the world by him? I doubt that. We hardly know anything about
our new President, yet you already believe he has supernatural powers to solve the
problems of the world? Count me out of this little fantasy. I have a headache. I'll
be leaving now. Bye."
Jill's friends shake their heads and whisper to each other as Jill quickly departs.
Back at her apartment Jill thinks about how she has always been very compatible
with these friends. She has known them for years. Now she is seen as "weird" by
them. It was a change for Jill because she was always seen as being among the "in
crowd." She was always smart and pretty and cool. She thought about the new
pressures which had developed, and what that would mean to people. Jill is
beginning to understand how people are being driven apart by the new politics. She
wondered if she really was weird, as Tara had said. "Too much thinking" she
thought. "I really do have a headache now. I need some sleep."
As she awakens the next morning Jill turns on the market news. The anchors are grim
as they discuss the worldwide famine which has already killed millions of people.
The video footage from Africa, India and South America is depressing. The food
chain has been completely disrupted and the most vulnerable are dying in droves.
Those who do not die from starvation are killed by the gangs of thugs who steal
their remaining food. There has been almost no rain anywhere on earth for months.
The heat is oppressive and bakes the already scorched earth. The seed planted last
Spring failed to sprout in many areas or the world. It will be a long, hot summer.
Jill changes the channel. Re-runs of "I Love Lucy" give a short respite from the
endless bad news. It is the episode where Lucy works in a chocolate factory and the
conveyor belt goes haywire. Oh, for the days when we could enjoy such frivolous
things. But the reality is far too depressing and grim. She heads off to work
dreading the breaking news she will need to deliver. And with good reason.
CHAPTER 10
WORLD-WIDE WAR

At the European Office of the Western Alliance President Antivon is meeting with
Alliance staff members and military advisers. "It is time to bring more nations
into our Alliance. We have been trying to negotiate with many of them, but that has
proved fruitless. We have no option but to take them over by force." The next day
the Western Alliance declares war on several neighboring countries which are not
currently part of the Alliance.
President Antivon masses his coalition armies in preparation for a military
offensive on multiple fronts. His 11 nation confederation has control of the
military forces of the US and EU, making it the largest military force on earth,
double the size of any other. Having already consolidated his control over the 11
nation confederation, he turns his focus to attacking nations on the borders of the
Western Alliance. They fall quickly and easily, one after another until his empire
includes all of North and South America, and all of Europe and parts of south Asia.
It also expands to include nations which border Russia and the Middle East. He has
his eyes on Africa next. The Russian and Chinese alliances, having been alarmed by
the Western Alliance aggression, are worried -- and with good reason. President
Antivon has made it clear that he will institute a New Worldwide Order with himself
as Supreme Leader. His stature as a god has grown among the people along with his
successes. After a successful invasion, the first thing which appears in that
conquered country is a statue of President Antivon. A god must have a statue to be
worshiped.
Over a period of months, country after country falls in rapid succession. The wars
are bloody as nations resist. Millions of people are killed. In just eight months
the Western Alliance has expanded to 9 more countries. The death toll stands at 28
million in just 18 months from these wars, and that number is still rising.
With his control over the Western Alliance established, the Vatican has refused to
submit their own independent authority to President Antivon whose hatred for
Christianity runs deep. President Antivon is present as his forces storm the
Vatican with armed joint troops, which quickly overwhelm the Swiss Guards.
President Antivon makes his way into the Vatican inner chamber and comes to where
the former Pope's Chief of Staff, or Camerlengo, is sitting, acting as an interim
Pope in certain respects due to the chaos after the Vanishment, the previous Pope
and potential successors having gone in the Vanishment. Antivon knocks the
Camerlengo's hat off and says "Get out." The chief aide tries to intervene and is
shot dead.
Antivon: "Now Popey, or whatever you think you are, get out. This is not your place
any more. I am the one who has come to save the world. I am the one they have been
waiting for."
Camerlengo: "You blasphemer. You will die in hell." He is shot dead by President
Antivon's security forces.
The Vatican staff members are rounded up and escorted out. President Antivon sits
down on the Pope's Throne. "This fits me well. A god is now on this Throne, not a
man in a funny hat. I am renaming Vatican City as "Babylon" in honor of that great
ancient city. Now let's really change the world."
Before Antivon departs, he appoints a trusted "Ambassador to Rome" to run the
world-wide religious system from Babylon with Antivon as its god. He tells his new
man in Babylon: "You must ensure that I am seen as a god, and worshiped as a god.
You must not fail me. This is very important to me, and I would take any failure
personally. Understood?" The Ambassador replies, "Understood, I will not fail
you." Antivon: "Good, see to it that the Christians pay dearly for refusing to
worship me." Antivon departs, and the Vatican infrastructure is turned from
Christian to promoting Antivon as a god. It seemed brilliant to take over an
existing infrastructure rather than build one from scratch. The new system in
Babylon was up and running within a week, dominating social media with Antivon's
propaganda.
The remaining alliances of countries outside the Western Alliance have now
consolidated into the Russian Alliance, the China Alliance, and the Southern
Alliance made up of Muslim countries in the Middle East and North Africa. These
Alliances all formed as a reaction to the expansion of the Western Alliance, and
many former enemy nations are now in alliances in opposition to the Western
Alliance. The stage is set for a full-scale world war.
For those nations not in alliances, regional conflicts which have been brewing for
a long time erupt into open warfare. There is no world order on which they depend,
so they proceed to engage their long-time enemies over age-old disputes in open
warfare. The bloodshed is extreme as these long-held hatreds play out in barbaric
ways. Without a system of law, order, and justice in these formerly Third World
countries, their people are becoming little more than savages. Justice is no longer
a term they understand. Gangs of armed thugs rule local regions as vengeance and
domination become the primary goals. Murder becomes the primary reason for death,
surpassing the famine. A new slave trade develops as these nations sell their
enslaved enemies into the four world Alliances, which are eager to obtain them. The
slave trade becomes one of the more lucrative businesses in the non-alliance
countries.
At LANX Jill Steiner is reporting on the world on the brink of a world war. After
discussing the Alliances which have been established in opposition to one another,
she discusses the regional issues which have been going on for several months now:
Jill: "China has invaded Taiwan and taken it over. With no one to help them
anymore, Taiwan was left defenseless. In south Asia, India and Pakistan have begun
crossing into each other's territory and have engaged in several bloody conflicts.
The numbers of dead are growing daily. The African continent is not immune, and
food wars among a number of African nations are ongoing. Iran has invaded Iraq
again -- how many times has that happened now? Terrorists have become emboldened
and are attacking at will. The world is in turmoil." Jill ends her broadcast with a
sense of desperation. Those who promised peace and stability have instead resorted
to senseless wars and despicable inhumanity.
It is now 1 year after the Vanishment.
CHAPTER 11
DEATH -- THE NEW NORMAL

Jill Steiner is riding the Metrorail returning from an interview, and is reading
from her book.
"The Four Horsemen are now firmly in place. Millions have died as a result. Now,
the 5th Seal introduces a different type of historical trend, which is persecution
of believers, including martyrdom on a large scale. This Seal is not a divine
judgment, but a �false judgment� caused by man upon God's Christian believers
simply because of their faith. Only The Lord Jesus Christ has earned the right to
judge, so this usurpation of His role by unqualified mankind will result in
judgment of the murderers later during the Tribulation. Man's inhumanity to man
will reach a peak during the Tribulation. So much for the continuous improvement of
mankind, which is a myth.
Revelation 6:9 �When he opened the fifth seal, I saw under the altar the souls of
those who had been slain because of the word of God and the testimony they had
maintained.�
Believers who hold firm to their faith will be persecuted and often killed during
the Tribulation. Those who refuse to worship the Antichrist are hunted down and
become martyrs. Since the Rapture removed all believers before the Tribulation
began, all these believers will be relatively new to their faith. That makes this
an impressive display of faith by these believers during this time of great
persecution. And that is the purpose for God allowing martyrdom for a while, to
serve as a witness to a hardened world of unbelievers so some may turn to Christ
and believe as a result of this intense form of testimony.
Revelation 6:10 �They called out in a loud voice, �How long, Sovereign Lord, holy
and true, until you judge the inhabitants of the earth and avenge our blood?� 11
Then each of them was given a white robe, and they were told to wait a little
longer, until the full number of their fellow servants, their brothers and sisters,
were killed just as they had been.�
The prayers of the martyrs are heard by the Lord, but they must be patient while
God's plan plays out. Note that God has ordained that a �full number� of believers
will be martyrs during the Tribulation, meaning a specific large number. As always,
God has a time and manner decreed for the death of each of His own. But those who
kill His believers will be severely judged. This persecution and killing of
believers is one reason for the intensity of the disasters and judgments on the
earth during this time, especially in the Trumpet and Bowl Judgments as will be
noted later."
Jill is surprised by how the Bible would predict things so precisely. Most non-
legitimate sources would be very vague. Especially about things 2000 years in the
future. But the Bible is specific. That would lead one to believe it is sure
about the results. Jill reads on:
"Seal 6 is opened revealing massive earthquakes, enormous tidal waves/tsunamis and
explosive volcanoes on a regular basis. This disruption of normal earthly events
and processes will continue at intense levels throughout the remainder of the
Tribulation.
Revelation 6:12 �I watched as he opened the sixth seal. There was a great
earthquake. The sun turned black like sackcloth made of goat hair, the whole moon
turned blood red,�
Soot from the earthquakes and resulting volcanoes will blacken the sky and hide the
sun during the day and turn the moon red by night. Visibility will be greatly
reduced. Airline travel will become nearly impossible in the thick ash. Everything
will be coated with ash and will require constant cleaning, but will never stay
clean. Constant irritation will be the companion of people on earth as they
struggle to simply survive in the dust and ash-filled air. The beauty of the earth
is stripped away as everything becomes covered by ash and dust. People must wear
masks as they go about on daily tasks. Life is getting difficult, but it will get
much worse.
Revelation 6:13 �and the stars in the sky fell to earth, as figs drop from a fig
tree when shaken by a strong wind.�
Large meteors falling to earth will become a routine event. Life on earth will
become shortened for many as with a fig tree shaken hard and its unripe fruit
falling too early to be of any value (unbelievers with no salvation).
Revelation 6:14 �The heavens receded like a scroll being rolled up, and every
mountain and island was removed from its place.�
Two issues are discussed here. First, the atmosphere being rolled up suggests
nuclear warfare, and secondly there will be massive earthquakes which will shift
the tectonic plates of the earth on a larger scale than ever before in the history
of the earth. The landscape will change as a result. All island dwellers will die."
Jill shudders to read the words on the page. It is about millions of lives. Can it
be true? Would God do such a thing? And why?
The next day LANX anchor Jill Steiner is at work anchoring her morning news show:
"Good morning. This is day 380 after the Vanishment. We can barely keep up with
reporting the disasters and terrible events around the world which have resulted in
many millions of deaths. Today is no exception, and here is an overview of what
has happened during the past 24 hours:
A massive volcano eruption in Indonesia and an enormous tsunami washed over
numerous islands killing an estimated 100,000 people."
Jill barely pauses at that awful statistic before continuing...
"Earthquakes have become more frequent and very powerful in South America. One
earthquake in Uyuni, Bolivia this week measured 9.2 and caused the gigantic Uyuni
Salt Flats to disappear, along with the city of Uyuni. Over 30,000 people are
presumed dead."
"Five new volcanoes have appeared in the Greek island chain near the Milos volcano.
They created new islands and now dwarf the older volcanoes on the Greek Islands,
having risen to double the height of any previous volcano on the Greek islands."
"A highly contagious and previously unknown virus is sweeping through Asia, and
after killing over 25,000 people during the past couple weeks is now spreading
quickly throughout the Pacific region."
"A massive meteor fell to earth in central Australia in the Red Centre region near
Alice Springs. The impact of the meteor had the energy of twenty nuclear bombs
going off at the same time. Alice Springs and 15 other towns were completely
destroyed. Over 35,000 perished."
"In Yellowstone Park, Wyoming, the Yellowstone Basin super-volcano, although it was
essentially a flat volcano, has erupted explosively. The "Kill Zone" covered most
of Wyoming, Montana, and Idaho. The resulting ash has created near-total darkness
across several of the northern US states. Yellowstone Park has ceased to exist,
along with numerous cities and towns in the Kill Zone. The death toll is expected
to be enormous."
"Following the Yellowstone eruption many of the dormant Pacific Basin "Ring of
Fire" volcanoes have also erupted explosively."
"War between India and Pakistan has led to the use of tactical nuclear weapons by
both sides. Several cities in both countries have been hit and the status of the
people there is unknown.
Communications in that part of the world have been severely disrupted by the
electromagnetic effects of the nuclear detonations."
"The Karthala volcano on the island nation of Cormoros off southern Africa near
Mozambique exploded and reports of the island disappearing have reached us. The
population of the island was estimated to be 750,000 people."
"The death toll from all the combined disasters during the past 24 hours is
estimated to be in the tens of millions, and maybe many times more. We just do not
know how many have died."
"This video is just in to our newsroom showing the effects of the enormous tsunami
which hit eastern India and washed over a mile inland."
As the video plays, Jill talks to her producer. "Remember that online video we
played of the writer who predicted many years ago that these types of things would
occur? That keeps going through my mind as I report them. This is all just too much
disaster to have occurred randomly. I have been reading his book and have tried to
find a Bible but most of them have been collected under orders from President
Antivon. I don't know how I can go on covering these awful events on a daily basis.
They are just too awful."
The video ends and Jill continues her coverage of the disasters, switching to the
volcanic explosion in Indonesia. "Reports indicate the volcano and middle part of
the island of Sumatra are gone. The sky is thick with ash and has turned blood-red
for millions of square miles. The ash cloud from this and other volcanic eruptions
which have already occurred is expected to decrease sunlight to the earth's surface
by at least 15% for years to come...More after this short break..."
A mandatory Public Service Announcement appears on-screen telling all Western
Alliance residents that it is their duty to turn in any of their neighbors who
waste energy, engage in acts of self-indulgence, or commit any infraction which
would harm the Environment. Such things are prohibited as the most heinous acts of
disregard for the planet, and is therefore forbidden for the good of us all. Thank
you for your cooperation and good citizenship."
Off-air Jill whispers to herself "I think I will just puke if I hear that one more
time." Producer Jack Ford cautions Jill to be very, very careful, since you cannot
trust anyone anymore.
Things are getting so bad you should consider your friends as enemies. Trust no
one. Jill ponders that thought as she is about to restart her news hour.
Jill: "We are back, and the news is not any better than when we left off. Here are
the details. "
Near the end of her broadcast time Jill is covering a story about how the rights of
citizens have been severely restricted by the authorities. The endless State of
Emergency and Declaration of Martial Law combined have given broad authority to the
new Citizen's Police to interrogate and detain people without reason, especially
for saying things "harmful to the State." Jill ends her news hour by saying: "These
measures have turned honest citizens into criminals, while the real criminals are
running the Citizen's Police in violation of the rights of individuals." As she
takes off her microphone Jack Ford comes over to her and says "I expect we will
hear from the authorities soon. Jill, you simply need to understand that they can
shut us down for saying what you just said. It doesn't matter if you are right any
more, it is about power. The authorities have the power, and we no longer have any
civil liberties. So although I agree with your thinking, we are vulnerable here.
See you tomorrow."
In Israel, Shem and his group of 144,000 evangelists are conferencing by internet.
Shem leads the discussion by pointing out how the recent disasters were prophesied
in the Bible. Shem encourages the faithful to remember that their mission is to
evangelize, and that these disasters are designed to cause unbelievers to think
about the gospel of salvation through Jesus Christ the only Savior. The group must
re-double their efforts to spread the Word of God to those who are lost and seeking
meaning in these turbulent times.
Shem has a list of priorities for the group. He starts with making the message
relevant to the suffering of the masses under the oppression of dictators. "People
are dying from starvation, and their freedoms have been removed by the oppressors.
They are seeking Truth -- real Truth. They know instinctively that there is Truth
out there. Our task is to give it to them simply and consistently, without holding
back, without watering it down, and without fear of the authorities. The spies of
the authorities are everywhere. They seek to stop us. They seek to eliminate us.
They seek to prevent people from learning the Truth. Many of us will die because of
the Truth. That is not our concern. Our eternal future is secure, and it cannot be
taken away. But there are billions who are lost and need salvation. It is true that
very few will believe. But we are after those few. Stay strong and focus on saving
those few. Now here are your taskings for the week "
Back in LA, Jill arrives at the news studio the next morning to find several stern
looking individuals talking with news producer Jack Ford. They are obviously
unhappy. As they see Jill enter the studio one of them comes over and tells her to
come over to talk. Jack Ford introduces them as Citizen's Police officers. Jill
knows what that means. One of the "officers" addresses Jill saying "We watched your
news report yesterday. It was not particularly helpful to the State's attempts to
ensure good order in the Western Alliance. You must remember that you are allowed
to broadcast only as long as we approve of what you say. Do you understand what I
mean?" Before Jill can answer Jack Ford interjects "We both understand, and we will
be more careful, right Jill?" Jill can only nod slightly. The men seem unconvinced
but depart without another word. After they have left, Jack says "They are serious.
You did not hear all of what they said, but they obviously meant to scare me into
compliance. We must understand that right or wrong has been replaced with power vs
powerless, and enforced by a group outside the legitimate local police. They said
they will be watching even more carefully for any non-compliance with their so-
called rules for good order, and it is whatever they say it is. I even asked for
what rules we violated and they just sneered. It sent a chill down my spine.
Anyway, time to get back to work. But Jill, be very careful, please." Jill agrees
to try, but only because of Jack and her friends at the studio. She does not want
to get any of them into trouble with these thugs.
After her broadcast is over Jill is back in her apartment thinking to herself how
all these incidents she reports on during her news shows were mentioned in the book
she has been reading from time to time. Later that night, Jill is once again
reading the book "The Future Times." She recalls how the book was mentioned in the
You Tube video which she had aired on the day the Vanishment occurred. How quickly
things can turn from polite society to thugs running the lives of ordinary people.
Law abiding citizens were turned into criminals overnight, while criminals became a
Citizen's Police and are hailed as heroes of the State. It was so fast. In
retrospect she sees that the departure of the Christians led to this breakdown of
society. They were the ones holding it all together. They were the ones who
believed in right and wrong, truth and lies, good and evil. So true. She resumes
reading her book:
Revelation 6:15 �Then the kings of the earth, the princes, the generals, the rich,
the mighty, and everyone else, both slave and free, hid in caves and among the
rocks of the mountains.�
No amount of human power, fame, fortune, or lack thereof will shield people from
these disasters. There is no hiding in fallout shelters or elsewhere which can
avoid these disasters. The great and small alike will suffer and die. But in
general they will still refuse to look to God for their salvation. Instead, they
pray to rocks:
Revelation 6:16 �They called to the mountains and the rocks, �Fall on us and hide
us from the face of him who sits on the throne and from the wrath of the Lamb!�
"This shows the degree of hardness of these unbelievers. They will understand that
God is judging them, but will still refuse to believe in Jesus Christ for
salvation. They will not pray to God but will pray to rocks to spare them from God,
and to bring them death and oblivion. But even if they die, there is no oblivion.
Their eternal future will be even worse."
Revelation 6:17 �For the great day of their wrath has come, and who can withstand
it?� The disasters will break the will of unbelievers, but even so most refuse to
become believers. The last verse of Chapter 6 asks �who can withstand it?� The
answer is only believers with an understanding of Biblical doctrines in their souls
can stand in the face of what is happening, and what is yet to come. Only
believers can stand since they know their future in Heaven is secure, and their
life on earth is in God's hands. This verse also looks forward to the Second
Advent of Jesus Christ, the �great day of their wrath� when believers will be
delivered and all unbelievers will be removed from the earth. And as difficult as
the first half of the Tribulation will be as a result of these six Seals being
opened, the last half will be much worse.
"The first six Seals have now been opened. They will be opened starting early
during the Tribulation with the Four Horsemen and the effects will continue
throughout the seven year period..."
As Jill reads, her phone rings. She sees it is her mother calling. "Hi Mom." Mom:
"Hi, Dear. Hey listen. I need to talk to you about something very important. My
friends at the synagogue and I have been reading and looking up a lot of
information. We have all concluded that we Jews missed our Messiah. It is like the
blinders have fallen off many of us because of the Vanishment -- I mean, the
Rapture. It has caused us to see more clearly. The Bible even says this would
happen to Jews. Your father is also with us on this issue. I just had to tell you.
I think you should also look at this in a new way. We were wrong for so long. But
it is not too late. Many of us now believe."
Jill: "I believe that is true, Mom. We did miss the Messiah. It was the Rapture we
just witnessed. This is now the Great Tribulation. I believe it now. But what will
we do? It is all so scary. I do not know how I will hold up under the pressure."
Mom replies: "Dear, we are now on the right side of history. The Truth is our
guide. Follow the Truth of the Word of God...be strong."
At the Israeli Parliament, Prime Minister Garlock has just formed his new coalition
giving him an even stronger majority necessary to exert increased power over
Israel. Garlock is known as a secular leftist with radical views on many world
issues. His mistrust of traditional Judaism and also for Christian beliefs are well
known. Garlock addresses the Parliament:
"Israel must more closely embrace the Western Alliance and President Antivon who
shares my views of government. Therefore, Israel must become a more complete
partner with the Western Alliance on the world stage." He goes on to lay out his
far-leftist plans for Israel, to become an even closer military and economic
partner with the Western Alliance. It will include relinquishing a significant
amount of Israeli sovereignty to the Western Alliance.
President Antivon calls Israel PM, who is the primary supporter of his image as a
god. The two discuss his agenda. They agree to set up a statue of President Antivon
in the Temple in Jerusalem. Prime Minister Garlock agrees to make the arrangements
and procure the idol statue. He will wait for the signal from President Antivon to
put the statue in place in the Temple.
The restrictive socialistic economic policies of the Western Alliance have resulted
in shortages of food throughout the Alliance countries. Shortages are especially
severe in Western Europe. Food riots are a near daily occurrence. Worker strikes
are increasing as wages have stagnated. Commerce is grinding down and many types of
goods and services are not available. The workers complain that those who do not
work are given more than those who do the work.
Economic incentives to work and produce have been replaced by a system of coercion
and punishments. There is open rebellion in the streets across the Western Alliance
countries.
But President Antivon remains firm in his intention to create a socialist society
based on saving the planet from Capitalists. And wealth is taken from the new
Christians who are being martyred in large numbers, which his followers support.
His followers become the beneficiaries as Christians are forced to "convert or
die."
Bible predictions of Seal 5 become a reality. Christianity is outlawed due to the
Bible's prohibition of idolatry, negative passages about homosexuality, and
predictions about the future times. The Bible is banned as a "hate book" and
ownership of one, or participating in Bible teachings, become a capital offense.
Martyrdom of believers intensifies throughout the Western Alliance, which now
consists of most of the world except for the Russian Alliance, Chinese Alliance,
and Middle East Alliance which have been formed in opposition to the West. Many
former enemies have signed alliance agreements in an attempt to counter the massive
power of the Western Alliance. The world appears inevitably headed for the largest
and most destructive world war ever seen by mankind.
CHAPTER 12
THE NEW JUSTICE AND THE MARK OF THE BEAST

President Antivon institutes a "Citizen Police Corps" made up of thugs who take it
upon themselves to bring retribution against those they find to be "enemies of the
People." This body of so-called "volunteers" loosely vetted by the State is outside
the normal policing processes, and uses a system of intimidation and citizen's
arrests, meaning they use force against those they disagree with. They also
implement a trial by social media process as ordained by President Antivon. This
new process is imposed on the entire Western Alliance and its treaty holders. An
"Online Judge & Jury" by social media is conducted when a person is accused. Online
voting for conviction or acquittal is established. Having Christian beliefs is a
primary cause for accusation, and always ends in conviction unless the accused
person renounces those beliefs. Anyone can bring an accusation to this public
court, and turning in those who violate the dictates put in place under the State
of Emergency is viewed as an act of patriotism. The Citizen Police Corps volunteers
conduct a vote on each case of an accused person, and those found guilty are
condemned by this jury of their online peers. Volunteers round up those convicted
in this online system. Counter arguments are not allowed.
Accusations and judgments are reviewed and voted on in an online "peer" fashion, so
everyone in the Western Alliance can watch the vote counter spinning, and those
deemed to not embrace "progressive values" including environmentalism as a
religion, the earth as sacred, elimination of Christianity worldwide, and President
Antivon as a god are subject to being brought to trial online. The online juries
are ruthless in accusing and condemning those who do not follow the dictates of the
Antivon regime. For the condemned, guillotine capital punishment is activated as on
option for the most grievous crimes against the State. Christian beliefs are
treated as such serious crimes. Those found guilty are eliminated during mass
executions, which can be watched online. The guillotines are kept working day and
night to keep up with the demand. The website is a huge success and is played in
public buildings, airports, and on giant screens in stadiums throughout the Western
Alliance. This gory sport becomes the new "bread and circus" of the Western
Alliance which has become known as "The Revived Roman Empire."
President Antivon puts into place more and more controls over the people. He fully
institutes his new program to control behavior by limiting access to buying and
selling unless the person is in compliance with a long list of The Dear Leader's
pronouncements. The term "The Dear Leader" is gaining in popularity, especially
among those who see him as some sort of god. Christians are especially targeted,
and they call this program of economic exclusion "the Mark of the Beast" throughout
the Western Alliance. No one can buy or sell unless they accept "The Mark" imposed
by President Antivon, who Christians refer to as the Beast, or the Antichrist, or
as the Antichrist. Christians oppose The Mark vigorously, and many pay for that
opposition with their lives. But it has a severe impact, since it splits families
apart as they argue for and against taking The Mark in order to survive and feed
the family. It is a cruel and vicious program designed to tear the Christian
community apart. And it does.
In an online chat room citizens are seen using social media to criticize President
Antivon. Their accounts are monitored by the newly formed and highly secretive
Citizen Police Corps. Within days these chat room protesters are arrested for their
crimes against the State. Their trials are swift and harsh. There is no room for
protesting the dictates of the Dear Leader as he is being called by his ardent
followers.
At a store in Paris people are standing in long lines buying food where the Mark of
the Beast system has been implemented. Food is becoming very scarce, and long lines
of people are shown. People using the Mark as their credentials are able to pass
through quickly and easily as they scan their Mark App on their phones. Those who
attempt to buy without the Mark App are arrested and taken away by the police.
Without the Mark App people are being forced into deprivation and starvation.
Things are getting desperate. Starvation is a very persuasive means of coercing
compliance.
But some try to resist. Challenges to the unending Martial Law, State of
Emergency, and Mark system reach the Western Alliance Supreme Court. These three
are considered by many to be unconstitutional, and likely to be struck down by the
Court. Just hours before the vote, a conservative Justice is found dead of
suspicious circumstances. After a delay of several days, the Supreme Court
challenge is stymied by a four-four vote, therefore the extreme measures continue
unabated.
In rural North Carolina, Christians are meeting in secret to discuss the Mark
program. The Christian community is divided about the issue since it can mean
economic survival for a family. The decisions are difficult. Being a Christian in
these times has become a matter of making life or death commitments.
Group Leader Stevens: "Fellow Christians, we have only been believers a short time.
The Rapture opened our eyes. But we face stiff opposition, and are persecuted to
the point of death. We are being told to accept the Mark of the Beast or we will be
cut off from all economic activity. But we must obey the Bible and refuse The Mark.
This is a firm stance which we must take. It is meant to test our faith and show
the lost and dying world that we believe in Christ as our Savior, and trust in God
for our security and well-being."
A fellow new believer speaks up: "That sounds easy, but is it better to starve my
family and see them die from need rather than take The Mark on myself? I have a
wife and four young children. How can we be forced to do this? I will lose my job
if I do not accept The Mark. It is simply too much to ask. I cannot sit by and
watch my family starve for my beliefs. I feel I must comply and take the
consequences. Isn't that the Christian thing to do, to support and protect my
family?"
Group Leader Stevens: "It is hard, there is no doubt. No one minimizes the
suffering. But that is the point of it. We must remain strong in the faith. If we
take The Mark the Bible says we will die in disgrace and suffer loss of eternal
rewards. If we refuse The Mark most of us will live, although some will certainly
be martyrs for our faith. It is what God requires of us in this highly unusual time
of extreme suffering. We cannot question Him. Taking The Mark is denying the faith.
It is that simple. Consider the words of our Lord Jesus when He said:
"Matthew 24:4 �Jesus answered: �Watch out that no one deceives you. 5 For many will
come in my name, claiming, �I am the Messiah,� and will deceive many. 6 You will
hear of wars and rumors of wars, but see to it that you are not alarmed. Such
things must happen, but the end is still to come. 7 Nation will rise against
nation, and kingdom against kingdom. There will be famines and earthquakes in
various places. 8 All these are the beginning of birth pains. 9 �Then you will be
handed over to be persecuted and put to death, and you will be hated by all nations
because of me. 10 At that time many will turn away from the faith and will betray
and hate each other, 11 and many false prophets will appear and deceive many
people. 12 Because of the increase of wickedness, the love of most will grow cold,
13 but the one who stands firm to the end will be saved. 14 And this gospel of the
kingdom will be preached in the whole world as a testimony to all nations, and then
the end will come.�
Group Leader Stevens continues: "When Jesus said �you will be handed over to be
persecuted and put to death� and �many will turn away from the faith and will
betray and hate each other� and �the love of most will grow cold� it shows how
desperate these times will be for believers. The Lord knew this. He was talking
about us. You and me, right here, right now.
During the Tribulation many believers will lose faith and question why God would
allow such evil to exist. Family members will be divided as their love grows cold,
and they will betray each other to the evil authorities. It will be a time when
the faith of believers will be stretched to the breaking point, but there is a
reason for it. We believers must realize we have been specially chosen to convey
the message of salvation in this way to a truly wicked generation of hardened
unbelievers, and only strong faith and even martyrdom can break through and bring
some of those lost souls to salvation. We must also understand we will either be
taken care of and preserved to go into the Millennium for 1000 years of perfect
environment on this same earth, or else we will become martyrs and have special
blessings as resurrected believers who become priests for the Lord during the
Millennium. Only by focusing on these goals will we be able to maintain our faith
and persevere to the end of the Tribulation or serve the Lord as a martyr,
whichever the Lord chooses as our destiny. Jesus said about us �but the one who
stands firm to the end will be delivered�, meaning delivered into the Millennial
Kingdom alive to live 1000 years in perfect environment under the rule of Jesus
Christ. But for those who die as martyrs, there is comfort and extra eternal
rewards:
Revelation 7:16 ��Never again will they hunger; never again will they thirst. The
sun will not beat down on them, nor any scorching heat. 17 For the Lamb at the
center of the throne will be their shepherd; �he will lead them to springs of
living water.� �And God will wipe away every tear from their eyes.� �
Group Leader Stevens: "The Tribulation martyrs will die from both deprivation and
execution because of their faith, but the Lord makes up for all of it, and they
will suffer no more once they are in heaven and beyond the reach of any further
trouble which is coming to the earth. In the midst of the horror of their death the
reassurance of eternal happiness is given. But for those who sent them to heaven,
the greatest of judgments awaits. God may be slow to anger, but at some point He
judges. The blood of the martyrs will be avenged."
Discussions among the new Christians show the difficulty of resisting the Mark of
the Beast. The insidious nature of The Mark is that it divides Christians and
causes many to renounce their new faith and take The Mark because they assume it
will protect their families from starvation. But it is a false dilemma. Those who
take The Mark suffer from the judgments while those who do not are spared from
those same judgments. But even so, the suffering for believers is intense, but it
is not a judgment from God, but rather it is a test of the faith.
Group Leader Stevens reads from the book they have been reading, called "The Future
Times:"
"Refusing the Mark of the Beast will result in martyrdom for some believers, but
most will be spared by God from the effects of the decision. The second half of
the Tribulation will be a very difficult time for all believers. All will face
deprivation, and some will die a martyr's death. Families will be torn apart as
they argue among themselves that taking The Mark is required for the survival of
themselves and their children. Those who try to remain strong and refuse The Mark
will be under intense pressure to give in to evil for the sake of their families.
Matthew 24:12-13 says: �Because of the increase of wickedness, the love of most
will grow cold, but the one who stands firm to the end will be saved [delivered
into the Millennium].� Those who take The Mark will die anyway. But those who
refuse will be a testimony for Jesus Christ to a hardened world, and they also may
be delivered into a perfect environment for 1000 years. Taking The Mark will be
certain death and no rewards for eternity. Refusing The Mark will mean the
opportunity to save unbelievers and also possibly (but no guarantees) to go into
the Millennium and have 1000 years of pleasure after this relatively short time of
intense misery. Either way those who remain faithful will have eternal rewards.
It will still be a hard choice for many believers. Maintaining love will be
difficult but indispensable to survival and for fulfilling God�s special plan for
their lives. As a side note, it would be wise to avoid having children during the
Tribulation since that will greatly complicate the suffering for those involved."
It is now 2 years after the Rapture.
Back in LA, Jill Steiner notes the two year anniversary of the Vanishment during
her LANX morning news show. She begins her broadcast with no feeling in her voice:
"Two years ago today we witnessed the Vanishment of over 100 million of our fellow
citizens. There were no burials. There were no headstones. Just empty clothes on
the ground where they last stood, or in seats where they sat, or at accident
scenes. As it turns out, they were the lucky ones. Now for today's news."
Jill goes on to announce new tragedies and disasters which had occurred overnight.
As she does, she thinks to herself how odd it is that she has no feelings about
those who perished, just numbness. The deaths of another several hundred thousand
people in the past 24 hours no longer fazes her, since she has become immune to
caring about all the lives lost. So also have her listeners. To Jill it is a loss
of humanity.
In a small suburban house in west LA a couple sits watching the morning news. Jim
Toss says to his wife "Sue, I have come to believe that there is a purpose in all
of this. A God who wants to get our attention. I am trying to figure that out. I
think the Christians have the right idea. They speak of love, when the rest of the
world is lost in their own numb feelings of hate and helplessness. The Christians
speak of forgiveness and redemption when the rest of the world talks of how to get
ahead at someone else's expense. Can simply surviving be all there is in life, or
is there a Savior who can do for us spiritually what we cannot do for ourselves.
What do you think?"
Before Sue can reply, their daughter in the other room yells in: "If you keep
talking like that I will turn both of you in to the Authorities. That is what I
think." Jim's wife ignores both of them and stares at the floor.
Jim goes back to looking at the news story and does not mention it again. But he
thinks to himself how many lives have been torn apart, how many people have been
refused the option to talk about what they really believe, and how cold-hearted
most people have become.
Children have been turned against their own parents and are encouraged to report
them for violations against the State. A tear falls slowly down Jim's face as he
feels a sense of helplessness and hopelessness engulfing him.
CHAPTER 13
NATURAL DISASTERS INTENSIFY

In the air above the island of Diego Garcia 1000 miles south of India, a Western
Alliance military aircraft is patrolling the area watching for pirates. Pirating
has become a booming industry in these hard times, and is cutting into the profits
of the Alliance. Slaves taken in regional wars are being shipped out of Africa,
India and Southeast Asia, and are desperately needed to meet the needs of the
ruling class members in Europe, especially in Rome which has become the city of
choice for the elite of the West. The co-pilot looks up from eating his lunch and
sees a single large wave several hundred feet high heading straight for their home
base of Diego Garcia. The island is only 12 square miles in area, and this wave
would wipe it off the map. In fact, there are about 60 small islands in this area.
The pilot grabs the radio microphone and relays an emergency warning. But it is a
useless warning. The crew watches helplessly as the island chain is wiped away by
the wave, which is estimated to be over 300 feet high. The crew was just finishing
their four hour hovering tour as the wave hit. The pilot looks at his fuel gauge
and thinks "We do not have enough fuel to reach any land mass." He thinks of his
wife and children as he relays orders to his crew to prepare for a water landing,
probably 750 miles from India. The crew knew what that meant. There would be no
ships left in this part of the Indian Ocean which could rescue them.
At the same time in the city of Colombo, Sri Lanka, an island nation off the
southern tip of India, the tidal wave hit while people were going out for lunch. A
tidal wave warning had been issued but most ignored it since there had been so many
false alarms during the previous several months. The 300 foot wave hit the city
with such force that even tall buildings were pushed inland over a mile. Needless
to say, all 800,000 residents of the city died, along with many more along the
nation's western coast, and also along the southern tip of India. Within the next
few hours the giant wave wiped out numerous other Indian Ocean islands, and also
hit the east coast of Africa, especially Somalia, very hard.
LANX News Anchor Jill Steiner covers the disasters, which is a routine part of her
news show:
"This is the rundown of disasters during the past 24 hours..." She reads her
report as if it was the daily sports news, then she adds "...at least the ones we
know about." She takes a deep breath before starting through the list.
"Reports have just come in of a giant tsunami striking the southern tip of India,
the nearby island of Sri Lanka, and a multitude of other islands in the Indian
Ocean. It started approximately 500 miles southwest of India. Reports from an air
crew stated it was over 300 feet high, which would make it the largest ever seen.
The tsunami also wiped out the island of Diego Garcia and numerous other islands in
the Indian Ocean, including the Maldives, Seychelles, Mauritius, and others. It is
estimated 4 million people may have died."
"In other news a previously unknown skin-eating bacterial infection which eats the
entire skin off within 48 hours is sweeping across Australia, and so far has killed
over 45,000 people in just one week."
"Moving on from that, a war between India and Pakistan intensified as nuclear
weapons were used on cities of both nations. Preliminary reports indicate mass
casualties..." Jill stops mid- sentence and says "What does "mass casualties" mean
when we are reporting millions of people killed by natural disasters? Did these
nuclear weapons kill only 10,000? We just do not know. Anyway, communications in
the area have been disrupted by the electromagnetic interference of the nuclear
blasts. So I guess there could be many more dead who knows?"
Jill struggles to remain focused on just reading the reports.
Jill continues: "An earthquake caused a breach in the 300 foot tall Nurek Dam in
Tajikistan, the second tallest dam in the world. The resulting release of water is
believed to have killed 10,000 people downstream."
"Intense lightning burned an entire city to the ground in central Uganda. No one
survived, and the death toll is estimated to be 25,000."
"A sinkhole opened under the city of Mount Gambier in southern Australia,
swallowing the entire city. Over 30,000 people disappeared and were buried in just
seconds."
Trying to lighten the mood Jill adds "In sports, the Little League World Series was
held in Williamsport, Pennsylvania yesterday. The game had been postponed by a day
due to baseball-sized hail." OK, so that did not lighten anyone's mood, she thinks
to herself. "Don't you wish for the days when we could discuss a baseball game and
not think about a disaster? Anyway, back to the disastrous events of the week" Jill
says as her face turns to stone once again.
"In the Netherlands a breach in the Afsluitdijk Dike led to a secondary breach of
the Houtribdijk Dike, flooding all cities along the Markermeer Sea, including
Amsterdam where the canals were flooded and many were trapped in their homes and
drowned."
"There were numerous earthquakes along the Ring of Fire Pacific fault line. Intense
damage was caused all along the fault line as entire cities were swallowed whole or
burned to the ground by falling molten rock, resulting in heavy casualties."
"In the Pacific Solomon Islands, thousands of local monkeys became enraged and
attacked island residents, tearing them to pieces. Scores of people were killed..."
Jill pauses and says "That's all I can handle. Suffice to say a lot of bad stuff
continues to happen day after day after day. There are far more than I can report.
I could go on but there just does not seem to be any point in it." Jill pulls out
her earpiece and leaves the anchor desk as the news crew tries to figure out what
to do next. They put up live video from Amsterdam showing dead bodies floating in
the flood waters.
Around the world the persecution of Christians intensifies. Many of the group of
144,000 have been martyred during the past two years. Their leader Shem Kolb
continues to coordinate the efforts of evangelization. But due to treaty
obligations with the Western Alliance the authorities in Israel have declared the
group to be "enemies of the State." The believers meet in secret and by social
media connection, but the authorities have planted computer viruses in the social
media platforms. There is a bounty placed on members of the group, and those who
arrest any group members are rewarded with extra Marks in their account. Midnight
raids of believer's homes are a regular occurrence. Tonight it is Shem who hears
the breaking down of his door as the Citizen's Police storms into his home. He is
taken away into the night as his wife and children scream in terror. Shem is not
heard from again.
CHAPTER 14
WORLD-WIDE WAR EXPANDS

It has been over three years since the Vanishment and the installation of Antivon
as the US President. President Antivon as head of the Western Alliance is
determined to conquer even more nations, even though the list already includes 73
nations and territories of all sizes. He arrogantly adopts the credo and coat of
arms of the legendary novel hero James Bond, who used the motto "Orbis Non
Sufficit", meaning "The World Is Not Enough." The world must be his, and his alone,
he reasoned. There is no room for other lesser beings. After all, he is a god. He
calls his military chiefs into counsel to plan his next move.
As the military chiefs arrive for the meeting, two of them walk behind the others
and ask each other whether it is honorable to support this world conquest goal.
What is the point, when no other alliance can now match the Western Alliance
military might? These two did not realize there was a new technology installed to
listen to all discussions within the White House grounds. Several armed men appear
and quickly take the two Generals out of the building.
They are replaced later that same day.
President Antivon takes charge of the meeting and demands that more countries must
be brought into the Western Alliance before the other alliances of the north, south
and east can move on those same countries. He has a plan which he lays out to the
Generals who are assembled. It involves the Middle East and North Africa. Yes,
there is a treaty with Israel, but that is no matter. That treaty is a temporary
distraction and will be invalidated at a convenient time. He sends out his Generals
with instructions to devise a plan to attack the Middle East through Israel and
then proceed into North Africa. The Generals, although surprised, depart to do as
he has demanded. They know that if they do not do as he has asked, others will
replace them and do the job. It is a difficult time for moral decision making.
The Generals return later that week with a military plan to invade the Middle East.
Israel will be the intermediate target, and will become a base for further conquest
into North Africa. The plan is accepted and President Antivon tells them to wait
for his orders to proceed. President Antivon tells them he will talk with the
Israeli Prime Minister to clear the way for a "low impact invasion" of Israel.
President Antivon calls Israeli Prime Minister Garlock: "Be prepared to set up my
statue in the Temple on the Temple Mount. I am nearly ready for the next phase."
Prime Minister Garlock replies "We are ready to go whenever you give the order."
In the meantime several of the General Staff meet secretly to discuss their
options. None of them trust each other. There have been too many secret police
arrests of high officials, including generals. But they each agree that something
must be done to stop the madness before it goes any further. They agree to watch
for an opportunity to take action to implement a change in government "when and if
it becomes a feasible option." As they depart they each have no specific plan, and
no real hope that they can be effective in stopping President Antivon from becoming
a dictator in all respects.
During the preceding three years the people have been primed to accept the new
religion of President Antivon, and now most are ready to embrace it with great
enthusiasm. The prospect of a secular god with no moral requirements on them who
will also heal the earth by his environmental measures and eliminate those hated
moralistic Christians has wide appeal. A religion without moral requirements is
enticing. Social media is used to spread this evangelism presenting President
Antivon as a god. His status as someone who can cheat death, heal the earth, and
give his followers the riches they desire takes on mystical levels. At the same
time President Antivon has steadily become a more imposing and physically powerful
figure with super-human powers of persuasion and mental abilities rarely seen. He
can suddenly speak any language, perform great feats of strength, give amazing
oratory, and mesmerizes all audiences which hear him. Prime Minister Garlock said
of his newly found powers "He has become possessed of powers never before seen by
mere mortals. He is indeed a god among us." Loyal followers agree.
The Western Alliance sets out to conquer even more helpless nations. Most fall
easily, some resist and the results are brutal for those countries and their
citizens. The least of the nations are not spared, and none are too small or
insignificant to be brought under this umbrella of tyranny.
On the island country of Nauru, the smallest island country in the world, a group
of men are fishing among the coral reefs which ring the island. To their surprise
a small watercraft carrying just twenty armed soldiers from the Western Alliance
arrive. Bewildered, they tell the soldiers to go somewhere else and stop
disturbing the fish, at which point they are shot. The soldiers go onto the main
island continuing to shoot every citizen. Within a few hours all of the 2000
citizens of the island are dead or captured. The country has no military
significance except that it can be counted as one more nation ruled by the
egomaniac Antivon. To him, ruling useless bits of terrain is a matter of feeding
his intense power lust. One by one, nation by nation, the Western Alliance expands
its global coverage.
But the other three major world alliances are not prepared to simply allow this
expansion to continue. Bloody battles are raging around the globe as Western
Alliance forces seek to expand their footprint. At this point, the Northern
Alliance, badly bruised by their failed Middle East invasion just three years
earlier, has regained enough of its strength to resist the Western Alliance in key
areas. A series of naval engagements in the Mediterranean Sea and Baltic Sea take a
toll on the Western Alliance. Several of the West's large warships have been sunk,
including a carrier. The Northern Alliance also thwarts the advances of the Western
Alliance into southern Asia and the southern part of Russia, which enrages Antivon.
He vows revenge.
The death toll from the continual world-wide war is staggering, and rising rapidly.
Over 100,000,000 have been killed on all sides. It has been the bloodiest world
war in history, and it is not over yet. No side has any interest in stopping the
war. In some ways, the Alliance leaders see the wars as the only way to keep their
economies going. But the cost is enormous, both humanly and financially.
As a result of the wars plus the numerous and continual natural disasters there is
a world- wide economic depression. Food shortages are the primary concern for most
people. The life of the average person has become one of simply trying to survive.
Most of their lives have been reduced to a subsistence level, and many face
starvation. The world has gone from just the standard human issues several years
ago to daily disasters, chaos, famine, unrest, social upheaval, unfettered crime,
and a total breakdown of societal standards in a very short time. But as bad as
things are now, the real suffering is about to begin, and will intensify by several
orders of magnitude. It is time to enter the second half of the Tribulation.
CHAPTER 15
THE MIDPOINT

It is nearly three and a half years since the Vanishment. After work Jill Steiner
is back at her apartment and calls her Mom:
"Mom, I have learned that the Midpoint of the Tribulation will be the full reveal
of the Antichrist. Until this point he has pretended to be interested in solving
the problems of the world, but instead he has engaged in continuous war just to
gain power. The Antichrist started by consolidating ten nations into his Revived
Roman Empire, and then took over many more nations. Now that he is the most
powerful leader on earth, Satan will use him to try to consolidate all the nations
of the earth under a one-world system where Satan will be the real leader. Satan
will exert maximum influence over this evil leader and use him to set up a satanic
worldwide religious system, and the False Prophet will assist in the task of
establishing the Antichrist as a false god. Then they will impose this satanic
religious system on the entire world."
Mom: "You have it right, dear. In my Bible study group we have been studying the
dragon and the Antichrist. This is the point when the Antichrist becomes "fully
one" with the dragon Satan, as Revelation 13 says:"
Revelation 13:1 �The dragon stood on the shore of the sea. And I saw a beast coming
out of the sea. It had ten horns and seven heads, with ten crowns on its horns, and
on each head a blasphemous name.�
"Our study group has been reading the book "The Future Times" and it says about
this Midpoint time period:
"Having been thrown out of Heaven, the dragon Satan is now confined to earth and is
desperate since he is running out of time and knows it. Satan is seen standing �on
the shore of the sea�. The �sea� refers to the gentile nations as opposed to �the
land� which is Israel. The sea is in turmoil due to the Rapture having occurred.
Satan chooses a man called here �a beast coming out of the sea� from among the
gentile nations who will be his proxy and do his will. Satan empowers his human
counterpart to seize a massive amount of power, and his ultimate goal is to
eliminate the Jews. This man is often called just �the Antichrist�, but because of
the way John presents him we will call this man the Antichrist, who is a gentile,
from a Western nation since he will take over as King of the West. Daniel�s
prophesies about him is that he �came up among them�, meaning among the western
nations (Daniel 7:8). Satan will empower him personally through demon possession
and Satan will also personally possess him at times, something extremely rare.
This man will be set up by Satan as an idol to be worshiped in the new religion of
the Tribulation, a secular religion which worships a man instead of God or a
presumed god. While a religion is generally the worship of a deity, during the
Tribulation this worldwide religion will be the worship of a man empowered by
Satan, and therefore the worship of Satan himself. This godless religion will be
focused on the things which mankind in unbelief seek to do apart from God, and
would likely include humanism, internationalism, environmentalism, and socialism,
all attempting to solve the world�s problems apart from the true God of the
universe. This satanic religion will be a combination of false humanistic ideology
and a degeneration into the depths of hatred and wanton barbarity. Satan will
empower and use this man along with a godless religion to seek to implement a fake
millennium of his own, thinking he can somehow thwart God�s plan for a Millennial
reign of Jesus Christ. Satan has read the book of Revelation, but he wants to re-
write the ending. He chooses a man and gives him great power � the power he
offered to Jesus Christ during the three temptations, but Jesus refused to accept
it from him. (Matthew 4:1-11) But during the Tribulation Satan will find his true
soul mate, and this man will embrace the satanic plan and readily accept the power
Satan offers. The world will suffer immeasurably as a result."
Jill adds: "I have been reading what the Apostle Paul said:"
2 Thessalonians 2:3 �Don�t let anyone deceive you in any way, for that day [Second
Advent] will not come until the rebellion [Tribulation] occurs and the man of
lawlessness is revealed, the man doomed to destruction [Antichrist]. 4 He will
oppose and will exalt himself over everything that is called God or is worshiped,
so that he sets himself up in God�s temple [Abomination of Desolation], proclaiming
himself to be God. 5 Don�t you remember that when I was with you I used to tell you
these things? 6 And now you know what is holding him back, so that he may be
revealed at the proper time. 7 For the secret power of lawlessness is already at
work; but the one who now holds it back [Holy Spirit] will continue to do so till
he is taken out of the way. 8 And then the lawless one will be revealed, whom the
Lord Jesus will overthrow with the breath of his mouth and destroy by the splendor
of his coming [Second Advent]. 9 The coming of the lawless one will be in
accordance with how Satan works. He will use all sorts of displays of power through
signs and wonders that serve the lie, 10 and all the ways that wickedness deceives
those who are perishing. They perish because they refused to love the truth and so
be saved. 11 For this reason God sends them a powerful delusion so that they will
believe the lie.�
Jill continues: "I have also read that together the two Beasts set up their
worldwide false religion based on worshiping the Antichrist, which in reality is
worshiping Satan. The False Prophet will also be demon possessed and will perform
amazing acts of false miracles using satanic power. Matthew 24:24 refers to the
Antichrist and False Prophet working together: �For false messiahs and false
prophets will appear and perform great signs and wonders to deceive, if possible,
even the elect.�
"The world is falling into the trap and accepting the lies of this false religion
instead of accepting the grace of God through Jesus Christ the true Savior. This is
why the judgments during the Tribulation will be so intensely destructive and
deadly. God is gracious for a time, but He will not be mocked by this false
religion for long."
Jill's Mom interjects: "Jill, you have come so far. I am proud of you. The
leader in Israel is just a puppet of the Antichrist, and has become the False
Prophet for a new secular religion based on making the Antichrist a human god with
statues of himself which are idols to be worshiped. It is all so sickening.
Revelation 13:15 says: �The second beast was given power to give breath to the
image of the first beast, so that the image could speak and cause all who refused
to worship the image to be killed. 16 It also forced all people, great and small,
rich and poor, free and slave, to receive a mark on their right hands or on their
foreheads.�
Jill: "I need to get an expert on my show tomorrow to interview about this issue.
Watch my show. Bye Mom."
Mom: "I always watch your show. Along with a billion other people, you know. Bye."
Jill wondered what her Mom meant by "a billion people." Jill thought she had a
couple million viewers.
The next day Jill is at her LANX news studio and has invited Professor Heathrow,
Professor of Biblical Ancient Civilization Studies at the University of Southern
California, to explain what the Bible says is about to happen at the Midpoint of
the Tribulation.
Jill: Professor Heathrow, we are very near the Midpoint of the Tribulation. What
can we expect to happen next?"
Professor Heathrow: "First, let us define the Midpoint. The Bible tells us that
the Tribulation consists of two equal parts, each exactly 1260 days long. In the
Bible, years do not match our current 365 day years, since the ancients measured
years by the moon, not by the sun, so years in the Bible are 360 days long, not 365
days. So 3 1/2 years is 360 x 3.5 which is 1260 days. But days are days. The so-
called "Vanishment" occurred 1255 days ago. That means we are 5 days from the
exact Midpoint of the Tribulation. And it is a big event in the unfolding of the
eschatology of the Tribulation."
Jill: "Professor, I appreciate that you are so intellectual, but what does it mean
to most of my viewers?"
Professor Heathrow: "Quite right, of course. Well, it means things are about to get
much, much worse. At the Midpoint the False Prophet leader of Israel will put the
statue of the Antichrist, called the Abomination of Desolation idol, in the temple
in Jerusalem. Then it will appear to speak. This use of ventriloquist demons will
fool many as demon voices will come from the idol statue itself. The deification of
the Antichrist by the False Prophet will continue to build, and the entire world
will become ensnared by this false religion. True believers who refuse to worship
the idol statue of the Antichrist will be persecuted, and many will be killed for
holding firm to their faith. Strong economic incentives will be used as the False
Prophet forces people everywhere to take the Mark of the Beast, and no one will be
allowed to buy or sell anything without The Mark. So the incentive to comply and
accept this religion will be very powerful. Even some believers will take The Mark,
and the temptation will be very strong since the survival of the person�s family
appears to be at stake, but those believers who accept it will suffer and even die
for doing so. Believers must understand that their martyrdom is required to
evangelize a hardened world, and also that they will be greatly rewarded for their
martyrdom. This false religion is used by Satan to attempt to kill off believers,
and many will become martyrs, but it will be because of God�s Plan to use them to
evangelize the world, not because Satan desires it. This is why believers who are
in Israel at the time the idol statue is erected in the temple must flee to the
mountains and remain there under divine protection until the Tribulation is over,
since they will be the bulk of the Jewish believers who live to go into the
Millennium."
Professor Heathrow continues: "The idol is a sign to the believers in Israel to
flee to the safety of the mountains east of the Jordan River. Matthew 24 foretold
of the idol statue of the Antichrist during the Tribulation and the requirement for
all believers in Israel to flee and not come out of hiding until Jesus returns and
the Tribulation is over:
Matthew 24:15 �So when you see standing in the holy place �the abomination that
causes desolation,� spoken of through the prophet Daniel�let the reader understand�
16 then let those who are in Judea flee to the mountains.�
"Then Jesus went on to discuss the Tribulation as the worst period of human
history:
Matthew 24:21: �For then there will be great distress, unequaled from the beginning
of the world until now�and never to be equaled again.�
"And then Jesus talked about the False Prophet:
Matthew 24:24: �For false messiahs and false prophets will appear and perform great
signs and wonders to deceive, if possible, even the elect. 25 See, I have told you
ahead of time.�
Professor Heathrow continues: "When the idol statue of the Antichrist is set up in
the temple in Jerusalem all believers in Israel must flee immediately without any
delay to the high desert area of current day Jordan. If they do not flee quickly,
they will be killed. These Jewish believers will form the core group of those who
will repopulate the earth during the 1000 year Millennial reign of Christ."
"In the meantime, the False Prophet has already devised a scheme for forcing all
people everywhere to worship the Antichrist, and he is using economic incentives
for this purpose."
Revelation 13:17 �so that they could not buy or sell unless they had the mark,
which is the name of the beast or the number of its name. 18 This calls for wisdom.
Let the person who has insight calculate the number of the beast, for it is the
number of a man. That number is 666.�
Jill: "Professor, the number 666 has become legendary as a satanic symbol. What
does it mean?"
Professor Heathrow: "The Mark of the Antichrist is said to be 666, which is �the
name of the beast� or �the number of its name�. The reason for the 666 is not
clear yet, but it will become clear very soon to those who have true wisdom. This
will be part of the economic arm- twisting by the Antichrist, and will be so
powerful that only the truly faithful believers will be able to resist, and that at
the peril of their own death, and also the death of their family members. We see
God's warning to believers in Revelation 14:9-10: �If anyone worships the beast and
its image and receives its mark on their forehead or on their hand, they, too, will
drink the wine of God�s fury.� There will be many believers who are martyred
during the Tribulation for refusal to take the Mark of the Beast. There will also
be believers who die in disgrace because they take the Mark of the Beast in spite
of having been warned not to do so. Therefore, taking the Mark may spare the
believer from death from the Beast's henchmen, but it will not spare the believer
from death during God's judgments which are meant to target unbelievers, but will
also target those who take The Mark. That is the significance of 666."
Jill: "Then what comes next, after the Abomination of Desolation idol?"
Professor Heathrow: "The last half of the Tribulation will be a time of a total
breakdown of society. People who are not believers will engage in a detachment from
reality like never seen before. Freedom will be lost in exchange for the power and
false sense of security from the State. There will be a worldwide false religion
accepted en masse by people refusing to believe in Jesus Christ as Savior.
Worshiping the true God will be a crime punishable by death. Good will be called
evil and evil will be called good by the degenerate masses. The innocent will be
judged as guilty by the State while criminals are declared to be heroes. Crime will
be rampant as people prey on each other. Political power will replace individual
liberty as all dissent will be repressed. Police agencies will be used to enforce
political dictates as only those who take the Mark of the Beast can engage in
economic activity, or buy or sell at all. Failure to have the Mark will be a crime.
The Bible will be declared a hate book, and all who believe that it is God�s Word
will be pursued as the enemy of the State. All that is Truth will be called false,
and the lie from Satan will be deemed to be the truth. The world will be turned
upside down. That is because Satan at his core is a liar who promotes only lies,
and hates the Truth. And his main man on earth, the Antichrist, will be the same as
his benefactor Satan, a liar from beginning to end, as the Apostle John said:
John 8:44 �You belong to your father, the devil, and you want to carry out your
father�s desires. He was a murderer from the beginning, not holding to the truth,
for there is no truth in him. When he lies, he speaks his native language, for he
is a liar and the father of lies.�
Professor Heathrow continues: "But even in the face of all this evil, God does not
give up offering salvation to the degenerate people of the earth. He will go to
extreme lengths trying to get these people to change their minds and accept Christ
as Savior."
Jill: "Thank you for that valuable insight, Professor." Jill turns toward the
other camera: "And now for the rundown on the daily disasters which occurred during
the past 24 hours..."
Later that evening, Jill Steiner is at home reading the book "The Future Times."
She thinks to herself, "Well this writer has been right so far, I wonder what is
coming during the next last half of the Tribulation, which is about to begin. Here
we go. Revelation Chapter 7."
"God provides every chance for salvation for those who are willing to listen.
then the most severe divine judgments begin during the last 3 � years of the
Tribulation."
Revelation 7:1 �After this I saw four angels standing at the four corners of the
earth, holding back the four winds of the earth to prevent any wind from blowing on
the land or on the sea or on any tree.�
Jill thinks to herself: "I wonder what my Weatherman at the station will do when he
sees this happen? No wind anywhere on the earth? Doesn't that also mean no rain?"
Jill continues to read: "As we saw previously, the first six Seals reveal disasters
which include intense weather conditions on the earth. Scorching sun, wind, hail,
tornadoes, hurricanes, lack of rain, too much rain, and so on will cause tremendous
hardships. Both personal and economic disaster will be the norm during the
Tribulation. God uses His elect angels to control the weather patterns of the
earth, and these angels will be especially active during the Tribulation. There are
four weather angels stationed in the north, south, east, and west portions of the
globe, and during the Tribulation they will be given authority to cause great
destruction on the earth."
Jill thinks to herself: It has been nearly 3 1/2 years since the Vanishment
occurred. The Professor said we are only 5 days from the Midpoint. So the Bible
says it is about to get far worse. Fantastic. Those who went up in the Rapture
were the fortunate ones. She considers what she should have done differently with
her life. Everyone just wanted to have a nice social life and make some money and
get ahead. She realizes now that was all so shallow. If only she had become a
believer early in life. But enough what-ifs, I am here for a purpose now.
She continues to read about the part Satan and his demons are playing in all of
this:
"At the same time Jewish believers are fleeing Israel into the high desert country,
Satan and all fallen angels are thrown out of Heaven. Upon seeing those Jewish
believers fleeing, Satan and his demons attack them, trying to stop them from
getting to their place of divine protection in the mountains east of Israel. This
attack is described here as �the serpent spewed water like a river, to overtake the
woman and sweep her away with the torrent.� But the Jewish believers will be
protected as the passage says �The woman was given the two wings of a great eagle,
so that she might fly to the place prepared for her in the wilderness.�
The time available for leaving will be short, and their escape will require
supernatural divine protection referred to as the �wings of an eagle� to protect
them on their trip out of Israel, as this phrase is regularly used for divine
protection: Exodus 19:4 �You yourselves have seen what I did to Egypt, and how I
carried you on eagles� wings and brought you to myself.� Deuteronomy 32: 9-11 -
�like an eagle that stirs up its nest and hovers over its young, that spreads its
wings to catch them and carries them aloft.�
"Satan will try to prevent the Jewish believers from escaping Israel by �spewing
water like a river� which refers to the demons thrown out of Heaven along with
Satan pursuing the fleeing Jews like a torrent, and possibly also flooding the
Jordan River valley which the Jews will be crossing, but that attack will fail as
God counters it and protects the fleeing Jews. But any who delay their departure
will be killed. Once the Jews cross into the country of Jordan, in a region
generally east and southeast of the Dead Sea, they will be protected by God with
supernatural hiding, angelic protection, and provisions during the remaining 3 �
years of the Tribulation. Once again Satan will be frustrated in his attempts to
gain some advantage. Now that these Jewish believers have escaped and are under a
supernatural dome of divine protection, Satan's attempts to kill all Jews will have
failed, so this part of his evil plan will have been foiled."
Revelation 12:13 �When the dragon saw that he had been hurled to the earth, he
pursued the woman who had given birth to the male child. 14 The woman was given the
two wings of a great eagle, so that she might fly to the place prepared for her in
the wilderness, where she would be taken care of for a time, times and half a time,
out of the serpent�s reach. 15 Then from his mouth the serpent spewed water like a
river, to overtake the woman and sweep her away with the torrent. 16 But the earth
helped the woman by opening its mouth and swallowing the river that the dragon had
spewed out of his mouth.�
Back in Jerusalem, Josh Simmons, the new leader of the 144,000 evangelists, has
maintained the library accumulated by Shem Kolb, the previous leader who
disappeared over a year ago. Josh thinks to himself how he wished Shem was still in
charge. He was such a great leader, and always knew what to do. Josh is not so
sure of himself. But he is talking with those who remain of his fellow 144,000
evangelists, and he reminds them of what is coming now that the Midpoint of the
Tribulation is near. They will need to be prepared to act, and act quickly. He
reminds the others who are gathered together what is about to happen, and what they
must do in response to it.
Josh starts out: "Several events will soon happen simultaneously at the exact
Midpoint of the Tribulation. The first event is the installation of an idol statue
of the Antichrist, called the Abomination of Desolation, in the Jewish temple here
in Jerusalem. This triggers the second simultaneous event, since the idol statue
is a sign for all Jewish believers in Israel to flee to the mountains where God has
provided a place of divine refuge and protection. This creates a crisis on earth
for Jewish believers, and timing is crucial. We must obey instantly or we will be
killed by the forces of the Antichrist. We must follow instructions precisely, as
Matthew 24 says:
Matthew 24:15 �So when you see standing in the holy place �the abomination that
causes desolation,� spoken of through the prophet Daniel�let the reader understand�
16 then let those who are in Judea flee to the mountains. 17 Let no one on the
housetop go down to take anything out of the house. 18 Let no one in the field go
back to get their cloak. 19 How dreadful it will be in those days for pregnant
women and nursing mothers! 20 Pray that your flight will not take place in winter
or on the Sabbath.�
Josh: "Watch and wait. The time is near. Be prepared to depart the instant you hear
the news." Those who are gathered depart for their homes to prepare.
A few days later, on orders from President Antivon his statue is put inside the
Temple in Jerusalem. When anyone approaches it, the statue appears to speak, and
people are amazed by it. Rumors spread of this "miracle" and many come from far
away to the Temple to worship the idol of President Antivon. The Prime Minister of
Israel as the Prophet for the Antichrist spreads the word of the religion which
focuses on worshiping both the idol and President Antivon. President Antivon and
Prime Minister Garlock solidify the image of President Antivon as a god. The
pilgrimage to the Temple to worship the statue of the Antichrist becomes an annual
ritual for many faithful followers.
In Times Square New York a huge crowd has gathered at the news of the statue of
President Antivon being put in the Temple in Jerusalem, and that it is speaking. A
young man says to his friend "This man is a god! He cheated death, he has amassed
enormous power, he is healing the earth from climate change, he has taken on those
moralistic Christians and put them in their place, and now even his statue speaks.
I was never religious or mystical, but this man has powers I have never seen. I say
he is a god." Cheers go up among those listening.
His friend agrees "Right on all accounts, and I would add that the Harmonics of the
Universe seem to be in alignment with him. There is something spiritual about how
he senses the feelings of the Earth, and how he is connected with the entire cosmos
miasma. He is certainly a spirit from another dimension. I believe!"
The Times Square crowd chants over and over: "Antivon is our god, Antivon is our
god "
Back at LANX News, Jill is in the studio reporting the daily disasters as news of
the idol in the Temple reaches her. She stops mid-sentence and says: "The
Abomination of Desolation idol has just been put into the Temple in Jerusalem.
This is exactly what the Bible said would happen. Today is 1261 days since the
Vanishment, the day which was prophesied for this to happen. All Jewish believers
in Israel must immediately flee to the mountains east of the Jordan River."
In Israel, news of the idol statue being put into the Temple had already spread
quickly. The signal for Jews to flee has been given. There are some Jewish
believers who had not yet heard, but were watching Jill's internet news. They
immediately get up, grab their packed bag, and run for their cars. The roads are
clogged going east as believers flee to the mountains, headed for a place near
Petra, Jordan and another location in far southern Jordan. As the believer Jews
flee to the mountains, they are pursued by the Western Alliance forces, and also by
an unusual occurrence in the skies.
As the Jewish believers are fleeing Israel and heading to the mountains of Jordan,
a sudden fury overtakes them in the form of a thick swarm of unknown origin. One
woman named Nena had to leave her car behind and is hurrying to keep up. She thinks
she cannot make it across the Jordan River bridge. The swarm seems to be overtaking
them. Nena says to one of her fellow travelers "I cannot make it, I am going to die
here on this road." Just as she says those words a sudden sandstorm comes up from
the East, and blows the swarm backward.
Others shout encouragement to Nena, the last in the line of escapees. "Come on
Nena, you can make it!" shouts one man. It is her cousin from North Jerusalem. He
drops back to help her. "Save yourself" she says, I will not survive." But her
cousin will not let her fall behind. "I will carry you myself if that is required,
but hurry, we must get across the Jordan." Just then the swarm returns with a
vengeance to strike the fleeing believers who have fallen behind.
They are almost there...the river is just yards away. Suddenly the east wind blows
the swarm back, allowing Nena and her fellow stragglers to reach the Jordan River,
and cross to the other side. The swarm turns and heads back toward the west to
take their revenge on an unprepared Jerusalem which is now empty of believers,
except for a few who did not heed the warnings.
As the last of the fleeing believers reach the Jordan mountains sanctuary, they are
greeted by those who have been in place and set up the camps. "You are safe now"
says the camp leader at Petra. "Nothing can harm you here." Nena and the others
settle in and get their living quarters assignments. As they do, they think of the
horror in store for those who did not flee Jerusalem.
The believers go into hiding as directed by the Bible. They find provisions have
been stored for them there by Christians who departed years ago, and by the 144,000
who brought the remnants of supplies left behind after the failed Russian invasion
three years earlier. The remaining few of the 144,000 who survived the purges of
the first half of the Tribulation look down across the Jordan River valley and say
a prayer for those who will become new believers and will need to stay in Israel
and fight the forces of the Antichrist. The 144,000 did their job evangelizing
during the past several years, and now it is time for a new and very different form
of evangelization. Two witnesses will soon appear in Jerusalem and shock the
world.
CHAPTER 16
THE TWO WITNESSES

Back in Jerusalem two figures appear on the Temple Mount who had not previously
been seen in the city. No one remembered ever seeing or hearing them on the Temple
Mount, but now they are loudly proclaiming the gospel of Jesus Christ the Messiah
from outside the Temple.
Their names are Moses and Elijah, and they have been on the earth before, but
departed 3000 and 2500 years ago respectively. And they have come back with a
message. Prepare the way for the Lord, because He will return in 3 1/2 years.
Upon hearing of the two new witnesses in Jerusalem, Josh Simmons the leader of the
144,000 calls together those who had just fled Israel and pulls out the book "The
Future Times" from which he reads aloud to those who are now gathered in the
mountains near Petra, Jordan, not far from the border with Israel.
"Just as John the Baptist was the herald of the First Advent of Jesus Christ, these
two witnesses will be the heralds of the Second Advent of Christ. All three have
the same message � prepare the way for the Lord. This time the message is to
prepare the way for the Second Advent of Jesus Christ which will be the culminating
event of the Tribulation."
Revelation 11:3 �And I will appoint my two witnesses, and they will prophesy for
1,260 days, clothed in sackcloth. 4 They are �the two olive trees� and the two
lampstands, and �they stand before the Lord of the earth. 5 If anyone tries to harm
them, fire comes from their mouths and devours their enemies. This is how anyone
who wants to harm them must die. 6 They have power to shut up the heavens so that
it will not rain during the time they are prophesying; and they have power to turn
the waters into blood and to strike the earth with every kind of plague as often as
they want.��
Josh continues reading:
"The two witnesses will preach for 3 � years (3 � years = 42 months = 1260 days),
so they will arrive at the exact Midpoint of the Tribulation. God never gives up
on grace, and evangelism will continue despite the evil in the world. The Jewish
believers of the first half of the Tribulation will have recently fled to the
mountains for divine protection and to wait for the Second Advent, as instructed by
Matthew 24. This is because they must be reserved as a remnant of believers who
will populate the Millennial Kingdom, so their sole job is to survive the remainder
of the Tribulation.
The two witnesses arrive in Israel where no evangelists remain, and they will
preach the gospel from the temple and convert many Jews to Christ. These converts
during the second half of the Tribulation are instructed to remain to fight the
enemy armies and will successfully defend the remnant of believers in Jerusalem
from the attacks of the Antichrist forces near the end of the Tribulation. These
two heralds make it clear that this is not about them, but rather it is all about
Jesus Christ returning to earth as promised. And so their message is believe in
Jesus Christ as Savior or perish. But who are they?
They have been here on earth before, and are Moses and Elijah � yes the exact same
two who were on earth a couple thousand years ago. They were last seen at the
Transfiguration of Christ when Jesus talked with them as witnessed by Peter, James,
and John (Matthew 17:1-9). And so they will return to earth during the Tribulation
to evangelize and provide spiritual guidance to the believers of that time and
serve as heralds to proclaim the coming of the Lord (Malachi 3:1) The world
leaders will hate them and their message about Jesus Christ, and will want them
dead. But the two have special divine powers to repel attacks and even kill
attackers. They can cause drought, plagues, and disasters at will to demonstrate
the validity of their message. It will only rain when and if they allow it. If
attacked, they will kill with a word from their mouth."
Back in Jerusalem the two new witnesses Moses and Elijah attract a large crowd on
the Temple Mount. But they do not enter the new Temple. Instead, they remain
outside and preach to the crowds. Moses begins:
"Prepare the way for the Lord, Who will return in exactly 1260 days. He is Jesus
Christ, Who was crucified in this city. He was and is your Messiah. Accept Him as
your Savior. The time is short. The choice is yours, but act quickly. He is
coming to judge the world and remove all unbelievers, then He will reign on the
earth for 1000 years in His Kingdom. God has sent us to be your final warning. He
will not delay His vengeance even one day beyond the time which has been set."
Moses continues to speak, denouncing what is occurring inside the Temple walls: "In
this Temple there are daily animal sacrifices. Such sacrifices were used in the
past to point to the Messiah, but He has come, so the purpose for those sacrifices
is gone. The only true sacrifice acceptable to God was Jesus Christ, spoken of
through the Old Testament rituals, but not through the current animal sacrifices.
These so-called spiritual leaders are false teachers who do not acknowledge Jesus
Christ as Messiah. In 1260 days the Antichrist and his minions will be destroyed,
and those who do not accept the only true Messiah Jesus Christ will be destroyed
along with him. The Jews inside this Temple do not tell the message of Jesus
Christ, but continue to refuse to believe in their Messiah. They kill animals
while the only true Sacrifice for sin has already offered Himself. Do not join
with them in their unbelief. They will be set aside by the Lord Himself at His
return. Accept your Messiah Jesus Christ and you will be saved."
Elijah extends the message: "Fellow Jews, Moses and I were here long ago. We have
lived out our lives and have also seen Heaven. Now God has sent us back to you as
a warning to accept the Messiah Jesus Christ as the only Savior. The Antichrist is
now on the earth, and Israel harbors a False Prophet. They deceive and lie. The
Antichrist pretends to be a god. But the only true God will send them into the
Lake of Fire in just 3 1/2 years. The message of the Antichrist and other
followers of Satan is one of evil, hatred, and violence, which is the way of Satan.
God has sent us as messengers of His love and salvation, which He has made possible
through His Son Jesus Christ the Messiah, Who is now at His right hand. But the
time is short. Fellow Jews, prepare the way for the Lord's return. He is indeed
the Messiah, the only Savior; the one your fathers missed, but remains available to
your generation. During the past 3 1/2 years you have seen Tribulation, as the
first six Seals were broken open to reveal judgments on the earth. As difficult as
they were, these were just a pinprick compared to what is coming. As of now, this
is the beginning of the Great Tribulation, the Seventh Seal. There will now be
seven Trumpet Judgments and seven Bowl Judgments. You will face disasters never
before seen on this earth. They will be awesome in their power, and terrible in
their destruction. And then the Lord will return. Your eternal salvation, and
your survival on the earth during the next 3 1/2 years, are both at stake. Only
those who are secure by faith in the Lord can stand against them."
People listening begin to talk among themselves asking if these two can really be
the Moses and Elijah of old. They are amazed at the power of their speech, and the
message rings true to many of them. One young man says he knows where the believers
met before they fled to the mountains, and said they had left behind a Bible and
some books for those who would remain in Israel. Several set off together to go
find the books. As they do, a large earthquake is felt.
News reports later that day report a 9.8 earthquake occurred in Asia over 2500
miles away.
In Petra, Jordan, Josh says to his fellow Jews who are in hiding: "Our task now is
to survive until the Lord returns, just as our previous leader Shem had said many
times. We are the core remnant of believers who will go into the Millennium and
live another 1000 years with our Lord as our Ruler. Do not be deluded by calls to
return to Israel. Do not be fooled that you can go back and help your fellow Jews
during the coming trials. The Bible is clear that we must remain and wait
patiently for the return of the Lord. It will be hard to stay here when we know
our fellow Jewish believers are suffering. But the Word of the Lord is clear. We
will stay, we will survive, and we will be delivered. But the Word of the Lord
says this is just the beginning of the Great Tribulation. What has been seen so
far is nothing compared to what is yet to come. And come it will. Let me outline
what is about to occur during the next 3 1/2 years:
Seal 7 will be opened next, and it begins a series of judgments which will include
7 Trumpet and 7 Bowl Judgments. They will occur in the following sequence:
Trumpet 1 � 1/3 of all vegetation destroyed, and 100% of all grasses destroyed
Trumpet 2 � 1/3 of sea life destroyed, plus 1/3 of all ships
Trumpet 3 � 1/3 of fresh water polluted/destroyed
Trumpet 4 � sunlight diminished by 1/3, moon and star light diminished by 1/3
Trumpet 5/Woe #1 � demon attack #1 on humans -- stinging demons
Trumpet 6/Woe #2 � demon attack #2 on humans -- killer demons
Near end of Tribulation (probably last year of Tribulation), the Bowl Judgments
will occur:
Bowl 1 � painful sores cover the bodies of unbelievers
Bowl 2 � sea water completely destroyed � all remaining sea life dies
Bowl 3 � drinking water destroyed
Bowl 4 � sun scorches people and the earth
Bowl 5 � darkness becomes pervasive on earth
Bowl 6 � Euphrates River dries up allowing Kings of the East to invade Middle East
Bowl 7 � Devastating earthquakes and hail; Babylon destroyed by nuclear weapon
At very end of the Great Tribulation:
Trumpet 7 / Woe #3 � Second Advent, Jesus Christ destroys unbeliever armies in
several locations including at Armageddon Josh concludes by saying: "After the Lord
returns in 3 1/2 years from now, we will continue on the earth during the
Millennium and live another 1000 years under the rule of the Lord in a perfect
environment. This same earth will be healed by the Lord Himself, even though it
will have seen so much destruction and disaster. We are the Jewish remnant set
aside to go into the Millennium. But for now, our task is to remain here in this
place of divine protection and wait patiently for the return of the Lord.�
CHAPTER 17
FURY UNLEASHED ON THE EARTH

Back outside the Temple in Jerusalem, Moses and Elijah declare to the assembled
crowd: "Look into the eastern sky at the thick plume of black smoke rising high
into the atmosphere from the Abyss. Hell itself is being unleashed onto this evil
world as Satan's criminal demon forces are being released from their prison. These
demons from the underworld have been waiting for this moment for thousands of
years, and now it has arrived. They lust for revenge and are bent on mayhem and
murder. Only the saved will be able to stand against these swarms of demons."
An audible gasp goes up from the crowd as they see the plume of thick black smoke.
It is estimated to be eight miles high, and can be seen for over a thousand miles
in all directions. It is swirling as it rises, somewhat like a giant tornado of
smoke. And then black swarms go out in all directions from it, looking like bees
escaping a burning hive.
In Petra, Jordan, the believers in hiding also see the plume of smoke and ask Josh
Simmons to explain it. Josh reads again from the book "The Future Times:"
Revelation 9:1 �The fifth angel sounded his trumpet, and I saw a star that had
fallen from the sky to the earth. The star was given the key to the shaft of the
Abyss.�
The �star� is Satan (Isaiah 14:12; Ezekiel 28:16) who is now banished to earth
during the last part of the Tribulation. Satan became ruler of the earth when man
sinned, passing rulership from Adam to Satan. But Satan does not enjoy staying on
earth, so his demons do most of his work there. Many do not realize that Satan
currently has full access to Heaven...Once he is thrown out of Heaven and banned to
earth he knows the end is very near for him. He has read the Bible. All he has
left in his bag of tricks are chaos and destruction. Before Satan is kicked out of
Heaven he will be given the keys to unlock the Abyss, a middle-earth jail where
millions of criminal demons have been imprisoned for thousands of years since
before man was created. These criminal demons violated the rules of the angelic
conflict long ago in some unknown manner, so were imprisoned in the Abyss by God (2
Peter 2:4; Jude 6).
In another of the encampments where Jewish believers are hiding farther south in
Jordan, the camp leader reads from Revelation 12 to those assembled there:
Revelation 12:10 �Then I heard a loud voice in heaven say: �Now have come the
salvation and the power and the kingdom of our God, and the authority of his
Messiah. For the accuser of our brothers and sisters, who accuses them before our
God day and night, has been hurled down. 11 They triumphed over him by the blood
of the Lamb and by the word of their testimony; they did not love their lives so
much as to shrink from death. 12 Therefore rejoice, you heavens and you who dwell
in them! But woe to the earth and the sea, because the devil has gone down to you!
He is filled with fury, because he knows that his time is short.�
The camp leader continues with his explanation:
"God's elect angels rejoice to see Satan and his demons finally thrown out of
Heaven, and look forward to the end of the Tribulation when Jesus Christ will
imprison all of these miscreants and set up His 1000 year Millennial reign on earth
under perfect environment. Perfect environment is only possible in the absence of
Satan and his fallen angels. We see how believers during the Tribulation will not
shrink from death, and many will be martyred as a result of Satan's fury on the
earth and their refusal to renounce their faith in Jesus Christ or take the mark of
the beast. God allows this martyrdom as a testimony, but He will also judge
harshly those who kill His believers. Satan knows his time is very short. He has
had many thousands of years of freedom since his revolt against God, but that will
soon end. He will be in a rage after being cast out of Heaven, and the entire
earth will suffer for the next 3 � years as a result. In fact, it will be the
worst period on earth in all human history. Matthew 24:21 says: �For then there
will be great distress [Tribulation], unequaled from the beginning of the world
until now�and never to be equaled again."
The camp leaders huddle among themselves and discuss what comes next. "Now we see
how these simultaneous events come together at the Midpoint of the Tribulation.
After Satan fails to kill the Jewish believers fleeing Israel at the Midpoint of
the Tribulation he becomes even more angry and frustrated. As it says in
Revelation 12:1 �Then the dragon was enraged at the woman and went off to wage war
against the rest of her offspring�those who keep God�s commands and hold fast their
testimony about Jesus.� As a result, he will take out his anger on those who
become believers during the Tribulation. This is why there will be such a
holocaust of Jewish believers during the second half of the Tribulation. These are
the martyrs seen around the throne of Heaven in Revelation 7:14 �And he said,
�These are they who have come out of the great tribulation; they have washed their
robes and made them white in the blood of the Lamb.�
Back in the Petra encampment, Josh Simmons continues to address believers there:
"The final three Trumpet Judgments or �Woes� will involve these demon criminals who
are about to be released onto the earth where they will create chaos and torture
and eventually kill unbelieving mankind. Even Satan will not be able to control
them, as he was not able to control them in the ancient past when they violated the
rules even Satan had abided by. It should be noted that demons have personalities
and areas of extreme action just like humans. These demons being released during
the Tribulation are pure criminals, and they will enjoy the torture they inflict on
humans...With this as background we will now see what happens when the imprisoned
criminal demons are released after thousands of years in the Abyss. It will not be
pretty, as Revelation 9 declares:"
Revelation 9:2 �When he opened the Abyss, smoke rose from it like the smoke from a
gigantic furnace. The sun and sky were darkened by the smoke from the Abyss. 3 And
out of the smoke locusts came down on the earth and were given power like that of
scorpions of the earth. 4 They were told not to harm the grass of the earth or any
plant or tree, but only those people who did not have the seal of God on their
foreheads. 5 They were not allowed to kill them but only to torture them for five
months. And the agony they suffered was like that of the sting of a scorpion when
it strikes.�
Josh continues to explain to the believers in hiding what is happening. "Satan has
unlocked the Abyss and his demon criminal armies who have been imprisoned for
thousands of years in chains of smoke and darkness have been released. This is the
fifth Trumpet Judgment, and it releases multitudes of torturing demons which the
Book of Revelation describes as looking like locusts and having stingers like a
scorpion. They are criminals from long ago so they know how to torture people, and
they will do it very well and with great enthusiasm. They have the ability to
strike quickly and unexpectedly from the sky just as locusts can maneuver from
place to place. People will not know when to expect them, so will live in constant
fear.
Unbelievers are tortured and also believers who depart from their faith and take
the Mark of the Beast, but God protects His faithful believers."
Back in Israel, inside a children's orphanage in Tel Aviv most of the children fled
with their leaders to the mountains. But one had hidden away and did not want to
leave. One child named Ben peers out from his hiding place and sees that he is all
alone. He carefully emerges and surveys the house for any signs of his orphan
family. He is hungry so he goes to the cabinet but all the food has been taken.
He ventures out into the street and sees "the Swarm." He did not know what it was,
but he knew it was not right. A soldier spots Ben and yells for him to hide.
"Stay back -- they are evil" shouted the soldier. Ben replies "But I have no one
to help me, or feed me. I am only 12 years old. Please help me." The soldier
motions to him to run across the street, which is empty of people. As he reaches
the soldier he asks "where did my orphanage family go?" The soldier replies "To
the mountains. I was supposed to flee but was stuck behind trying to help an
elderly couple. But they were lost. So why didn't you flee?" Ben replies "Because
I was afraid." The soldier replied "So you and I are a team now. We will stay and
fight them. You must be strong. You are now a warrior. You will need to summon
all your strength to survive. Are you with me?" Ben replies "Yes, I am." The two
go off to the soldier's home where Ben gets a meal and contemplates what lies
ahead. He wished he had not hidden from the orphan family. But he was just too
afraid.
Ben hears a knock on the door of the soldier's house. He peeks through the curtain
as the soldier answers the door. The person at the door announces "We are the
Citizen's Police. We understand you have sided with the Believers, is that true?"
The Citizen's Police used the term "Believers" to refer to Jews who had converted
to being Christians. The soldier replies "I am just a soldier, nothing more. What I
believe is just what I believe. You can leave now." The soldier sizes them up as
untrained civilians who are now just thugs from the secret police. He looks to each
side of them, then back behind himself, surveying the situation. There are three of
them, and one has his hand in his coat, maybe a handgun. The leader says "Come with
us, you are under arrest." If it had not been for Ben hiding behind him, the
soldier might have complied. But now it was more complicated. Ben was his
responsibility. The soldier appeared to be ready to comply, then suddenly grabbed
a knife and stuck it in the neck of the leader, then quickly opened a drawer, took
out a handgun, and shot the other two thugs. Ben came out screaming. The soldier
said "Ben, we are soldiers. You and me. We are a team.
These are bad people. They were going to take you away, but I will protect you. Do
you understand?" Ben answers "I think so," to which the soldier replies "Good boy,
now let's drag them inside and then we will figure out where to go." As they do,
"the Swarm" appears in the distance. It is getting closer.
After they have hidden the bodies the soldier reads to Ben:
"This is from Revelation 12:13: When the dragon saw that he had been hurled to the
earth, he pursued the woman who had given birth to the male child...17 Then the
dragon was enraged at the woman and went off to wage war against the rest of her
offspring�those who keep God�s commands and hold fast their testimony about Jesus."
The soldier said to Ben "The dragon Satan has turned his hatred toward us who
remain in Israel. We are those who keep God�s commands and hold fast to the
testimony about Jesus. We are required to stay and fight. Ben, you are young but
you are required to fight. Those who fled have their mission, which is to survive.
Those of us who remain are the Resistance. Evil has been unleashed on the earth. We
must resist it to the very end. We are required to be fierce warriors. Do you
understand?"
Ben answered "Now I understand. It is clear to me that I was chosen to do this. I
will fight them. I am strong because the Lord is with me." The soldier was amazed
at the resilience of this young boy. "Good. I will always be at your side, I
promise." There was no time to grow up slowly, this was a time of making quick
choices and doing things required of adults. The two of them walked off into the
streets of Tel Aviv together to fight the forces of evil.
At the Tel Aviv Citizen's Police Headquarters the Online Court session is about to
commence. The soldier turns on the coverage of the court trials. Every Tuesday at
2PM it happens. Those who have been accused by the Citizen's Police, a vigilante
justice system imposed on Israel by the Western Alliance as part of the Treaty,
holds an online Court. Logins are obtained by anyone who wants to participate.
But those who have tried to vote against convictions in the past have often ended
up in the next online court conviction process. So the online voters are those who
always vote to convict the accused brought in by the Citizen's Police. As the
online session begins, each one who has been accused is brought out in front of the
camera and the crime is stated. The first is an old man who was seen in the
downtown park reading a book.
The book was called "The Future Times." It is a banned book, and the punishment for
reading banned books is hard labor. The charges are announced in a banner across
the top of the page, over the face of the accused. Before the banner crosses
completely, the votes are already complete. All votes are "guilty as charged." The
man is hauled away as the next is brought in. It is a young woman from a town
outside Tel Aviv. She is accused of "failure to yield" to a Citizen's Police
officer. This could have various meanings, but the charge is well known to those
who have been accused in the past. The woman is crying as the charge banner
proceeds across her tear-filled face. The votes are in. Guilty as charged. She is
hauled off as an old woman is brought in next, accused of trying to buy food
without having the Mark. The process continues with predictable results until all
accused have been judged guilty.
The soldier who had been watching the trial online has watched many of these and
has been sickened by them. This time he has had enough. He is only a block away
from the Citizen's Police courthouse. He heads out, and Ben follows. Ben has been
training to fire a handgun. He was a natural. He would have been an athlete in
other times. The pair make their way down the street and into the alley behind the
courthouse just as the young woman they had seen on the Court website is brought
out to be put into a waiting van. The soldier tells Ben "Do what you need to do."
Ben nods, as the soldier walks toward the van. As he gets closer two armed
Citizen's Police thugs raise their weapons. The soldier says "Whoa, I was just
wanting to see if you guys need any help here." The answer is a terse "No, go
away." The soldier pretends to turn away, then swings around shooting. One thug
falls, and the other is wounded. The handgun of the soldier is jammed. The
Citizen's Police officer tries to regain his foothold, then raises his gun and aims
at the soldier, and "Bang." It was Ben, who shoots the Citizen's Police thug dead.
The soldier grabs the hand of the young woman and says. "Hurry, follow us." She
complies as she looks aside at the young boy who just saved them.
Ben runs along behind, and even fires a shot as another Citizen's Police officer
peers outside the door behind them. They make their way down the street and into an
alley, then escape across town.
At the edge of town the young woman asks "Who are you two?' The soldier replied, I
am General Gurian. I am the leader of the Jewish military resistance here in Tel
Aviv. My counterpart in Jerusalem is General Dayan. My group is going to Jerusalem
to join with his. You need to come along if you want to survive. And the boy, he is
a soldier. His name is Sergeant Ben-Ben. He saved your life and mine."
Ben sticks out his chest in pride as he is announced as Sergeant Ben-Ben. He thinks
he likes the name Sergeant Ben-Ben. He thinks it is funny that the soldier calls
him the "son of a son."
The General tells the young woman and Ben to move quickly, there is much to do, and
no time to waste. They must get to Jerusalem by sundown.
As they make their way to safety, Ben asks the General, what is "the Swarm"?
General Gurian pauses trying to think how to explain the concept to such a young
boy. "Ben, the swarm is the army of Satan himself. They are demons who have been
unleashed on the earth to do the will of their master Satan, who is bent of
wreaking havoc and destroying whatever gets in his way. The swarm is a roving band
of murderous demons, who have just been released from prison in the Abyss under the
earth, and soon will be allowed to harm and even kill those who do not belong to
the Lord. You might ask why Satan would kill his own people. Simply stated, it is
because Satan is pure evil. There is a more precise explanation which we can
discuss later.
But those who belong to the Lord will be delivered from the Swarm, while those who
do not obey the Lord will be delivered to them. They are heinous murderers, like
their master Satan. We do not fear them. They cannot touch us. But as for the rest
of the population of the earth, many billions will be killed by the Swarm. Yes, I
said billions."
Ben shrinks back at the description of the Swarm as Satan's death squad. He ponders
these things in his heart as the three make their way toward Jerusalem, where they
must join with General Dayan's forces. Ben thinks about how he was playing soccer
in the streets with other young boys just a couple weeks ago, and now he is a
soldier in the Resistance against Satan himself. It is hard for such a young boy to
get his head around such things. But he is trying. He remembers stories he had been
told about the young boy David, who as a shepherd in the fields killed a lion and a
bear who had tried to steal his sheep. "I am like David. I am strong. I will slay
lions and bears. I will protect the sheep." He falls asleep in the van on the way
to Jerusalem, and wakes up in a whole other world.
When they arrive in Jerusalem, General Dayan greets them. The two Generals head off
to the Resistance HQ while the young woman and Ben-Ben sit at a cafe.
Ben: "So who are you?" The young woman replies, "I am Abby Levison, from Nazareth.
I came to Tel Aviv two years ago with my grandparents after my parents died in an
accident. I was working in a jewelry store when it was looted during the riots a
year ago. Since then I have been working odd jobs, just like so many others. But
you, Ben, you are just a young boy. And you killed my accuser. You are a hero at
such a young age." Ben is not accustomed to dealing with women. But he does his
best to seem grown up. "I was in an orphanage since before I can remember. When the
Vanishment happened I lost some of my friends. Then when the people fled Israel for
the mountains, I lost everyone in my orphanage. I hid and stayed behind. It was not
very smart. But here I am. Now I am a warrior. I will fight the lions."
Abby does not understand the lions reference, so she instead asks him about the
General. "What is the story of the General? What is he doing? Why did he chose me
to rescue."
Ben tries to think. He does not know why the General chose to rescue Abby. But he
decides to tell her something anyway. "The General saw you on the online court and
knew you would be useful to the Resistance." Abby looks surprised, but knows she is
dealing with a young boy. "So he chose me to do what, exactly?" Ben replies "To
fight, that is what we must do." Abby decides to change the subject and ask the
General later. Ben thinks to himself "That went pretty well. I think I deal with
girls quite well."
At Resistance HQ the two Generals are talking. They have already discussed what
the Book of Revelation says, which they both believe in, and will use as their
guidebook. General Dayan concludes the meeting "We are required to fight for the
freedom of the Jews who become believers in the Lord during this next 3 1/2 years.
It is prophesied that we will win. So that is a fact, but how we will win, that is
up to us to figure out. I propose that we split the defense of Jerusalem and
Southern Judea into my forces in Jerusalem and your forces in southern Judea.
There will be much fighting in both areas. My forces must hold on, while your
forces must force the enemy to stop their advance on Jerusalem. It is the only
way." The two Generals agree and they depart. General Gurian takes Abby and Ben
to their new safe-house south of Jerusalem near Bethlehem.
The next day General Dayan gathers his Jerusalem military resistance forces, which
are the remnant of the Jewish military which was mostly disbanded under the treaty
with the Western Alliance. With the Jewish believers having fled to the mountains
at the middle of the Tribulation, General Jacob Dayan, a new believer who has
immersed himself into learning about what the Bible says will occur during the last
half of the Tribulation, now emerges as the new de facto military leader in
Jerusalem. With the Jewish political leadership having been reduced to supporting
the False Prophet, a tool of the Antichrist, the protection of Jerusalem is in his
hands. He knows the task will be very difficult.
General Dayan has been reading the book "The Future Times" and tells his assembled
troops what they should expect:
"We in the Jewish military who have now recognized our previous error and have
accepted the Messiah Jesus Christ have a solemn mission. We must defend Jerusalem
from the enemy, namely the Western Alliance under the Antichrist. Our political
leaders have sold out our people. Our military was virtually disbanded, and now
only we few remain. The task ahead of us is daunting. In the short term we cannot
do everything we would like to accomplish. The Western Alliance will invade
Jerusalem according to Bible prophesy. The city will fall to them -- that much we
know. But we will do what we can, wherever we can. All believers who were here in
Israel during the first part of this period of Tribulation have fled to the
mountains.
They cannot help us any longer. They were required to flee and survive. But we who
remain and are new believers are required to fight. And fight we will. The forces
of the Antichrist are advancing against us as we speak. They are coming to destroy
Jerusalem. We are but a few, and they are many. But the Lord is with us. We will be
protected. And whatever happens in the short term, we will be victorious in the
end. Are you ready?"
The troops unanimously approved and commit their lives to the cause.
CHAPTER 18
THE TRUMPET JUDGMENTS -- TRUMPET #1

Back at LANX News, Jill Steiner realizes what has just happened, and what is coming
next. She has learned her lessons well. Somehow knowing what is coming was not
comforting to her. It is now just weeks after the Midpoint of the Tribulation. Jill
knows the Trumpet Judgments will soon begin in earnest. She has written down a
personal outline of the Judgments so that she can follow them as they unfold.
Jill's reviews her notes on what happens after the Midpoint:
Idol statue of Antichrist put into Temple in Jerusalem (Jill checks it as "done")
Two evangelists: Moses and Elijah return to earth, preach the gospel in Jerusalem
near the Temple (also "done")
Seven Trumpet Judgments begin:
Hail mixed with fire and blood
Giant flaming mountain thrown down into the ocean All grasses, wheat and corn die
Fresh water polluted and poisoned Sun and moon darkened
Swarms of Demons begin torturing people (giant "Locust-scorpions")
Second wave of "Horseman Demons" released, also kill many
Skin disease epidemic Blood in the seas and rivers All sea life dies
Remaining drinking water poisoned Sun scorches people on earth
Babylon destroyed
The return of the Lord -- Armageddon
Jill keeps these notes with her to remind of what is coming next. But she does not
know how she will deal with announcing each of them on her daily news show as they
unfold. The judgments mean death to billions of people. She also knows that her
show was now being sent to news rooms internationally, so her impact could be
enormous. Jill had become well- known for her accurate and timely reporting on all
the disasters. Jill thinks it odd that Jill Steiner's Morning News show would be
the show which reported these events to the world.
She thought of it as moths coming to the flame, because most would not believe her
ties between these events and the Bible, but the people somehow could not avoid
looking.
Nevertheless, by this time Jill had become the premier reporter for breaking
disaster news in the entire world.
As Jill prepares for her daily news anchor duties, she notes the weather forecast.
It is ominous.
LANX Chief Weatherman Ross Hoffman looks at the data and shakes his head. He has
only a few seconds remaining before he goes on air. Ross cannot explain what he
sees. But he believes he must deliver the weather news as he sees it.
Jill: "And now for the weather...Ross?"
Weatherman Ross Hoffman: "Let's get straight to the data. Wind patterns are like
nothing we have ever seen. Upper level winds have ceased. Nothing is moving, and
that pattern is set to continue. Meaning the normal upper level flows are not
moving, because there are no Highs or Lows anywhere on the earth. A stillness has
settled in, and it appears to be a pattern. It is a severe drought scenario. How
long this will last, I do not know. But it will not take long for massive crop
damage to occur under these conditions. There is no scientific explanation here.
Upper level winds never just cease all over the world. But they have now. And it is
a big problem. See how the weather map has no Highs or Lows. Nothing."
As Weatherman Ross Hoffman continues to discuss the unusual weather patterns, Jill
Steiner realizes what it means. The Trumpet Judgments have begun. The first will
be scorching heat and a destruction of grasses and crops. The world is already in
a state of mass starvation, and now it will intensify. She envisions an earth
without a blade of grass, and without wheat for bread. It is time for Jill to
resume coverage of the news. She wonders how she will handle what is coming. The
impact will be unimaginable suffering, world-wide starvation and death on a massive
scale. The last three years were bad, but now things are about to get truly awful
on the earth. Jill thinks to herself that it is good to know what the Bible
reveals, but difficult to know that terrible judgments are closing in very fast.
There will be 14 major Judgments over 3 1/2 years. And those along with world war
and also what evil dictators will do to the population of the earth. Jill tries
not to think about how she missed the Rapture. She must focus on her role here and
now. She proceeds to cover the daily news, awful as it is on a daily basis, while
knowing that the real horror is just around the corner.
Within weeks the earth is a tinder box of dried vegetation with no rain having
fallen, and none is in sight. Jill reviews her notes on what she has learned about
the timeline of the Tribulation. She knows what is coming next. It is Revelation
8:7 �The first angel sounded his trumpet, and there came hail and fire mixed with
blood, and it was hurled down on the earth. A third of the earth was burned up, a
third of the trees were burned up, and all the green grass was burned up.�
The next day her Weatherman airs the news of a devastating worldwide weather event.
Hail and fire, mixed with a red substance resembling blood. Tests would later show
it actually was blood. It occurred suddenly, as people watched in horror, fire
from the skies fell on the earth. The parched vegetation was burned worldwide as
wildfires were fanned by strong winds created by the fires themselves, not by
weather. Within 24 hours the assessment was that 1/3 of all vegetation worldwide
was gone, burned by the fire from the skies. Stock Markets again plummet
worldwide. There is no doubt that a deep and irreversible global depression is at
hand, and that many millions will starve. Possibly billions. The shock of this
event leads to mass suicides. The world knows there is not enough food to feed
even 1/4 of the people now alive on earth. Billions of people must leave the
planet one way or another.
Several weeks later Jill is preparing her news report on the results of the
devastation caused by the changes in weather including the fiery red hail event.
Trumpet 1 has occurred, and 1/3 of all vegetation has been destroyed, and 100% of
all grasses are gone. An entire season of crops wiped out. Worldwide mass
starvation is inevitable. She thinks to herself what she had read from her book
about his event:
"Trumpet Judgment #1 is wind shear velocity (�hurled�) fiery hail mixed with blood
rain. Remember, this is literal, not an allegory. The angels are given authority
to destroy 100% of all grasses and a third of all non-grass vegetation on the
earth. God takes away the majority of the world's food supply by killing off all
grasses, including wheat, rice, and other grains which are the world's chief
sources of food. And since the world's livestock depends on what has been
destroyed in the judgment, the meat supply will also be largely taken away as a
source of food. The resulting worldwide famine will be severe. The oxygen and
carbon dioxide cycle mediated by trees and other vegetation will be disrupted
resulting in reduced oxygen supply. There will be little timber left for building.
The earth will become scarred and ugly, and little beauty will remain. This is
truly a �scorched earth� as described in Joel:
Joel 1:10 �The fields are ruined, the ground is dried up; the grain is destroyed,
the new wine is dried up, the olive oil fails. 11 Despair, you farmers, wail, you
vine growers; grieve for the wheat and the barley, because the harvest of the field
is destroyed.�
Jill files her grim report realizing most will not truly understand the full impact
until they themselves are actually starving. And that would come soon.
Within weeks, relief workers in Africa are desperate. The situation is dire. The
food shipments from donating countries have ceased. There is no food coming in, and
very little was available on the entire African continent before the fiery red
hail. In the best of times Africa has continually been near starvation. Now the
starvation is reaching everyone there. Even the relief workers are without food.
Reports of game reserves being poached for food spread, which only causes more
people to realize how desperate the times are. Roads become filled with food
refugees fleeing Africa heading for Europe. Boats full of people fill the
Mediterranean Sea. They are pushed back by a fleet of European ships. They cannot
accept these refugees when their own citizens are starving.
An emergency meeting of the African States Council convenes to discuss the crisis.
But they are powerless to do anything. The food shortage is catastrophic. The next
growing season is a year away. A food supply chain expert presents his data, and it
is worse than thought.
Essentially, there is no longer any food supply chain into Africa. He predicts
that 1/3 of all Africans will die within the next 12 months. The mass migration
will fail as Europe and Asia have already sealed their borders. The attendees
depart dejected and in shock.
The scene is repeated in countries around the world. Just 2 months after the fiery
red hail occurred, food shortages are already at critical levels world-wide. And
there is no food coming in. Death sinks in among the poorest of nations. The rest
are desperately hungry.
The following day Jill comes back on the air to report the news. She covers the
most recent several earthquakes and resulting tsunamis which occurred overnight,
more large hail, numerous tornadoes, attacks by normally placid animals on their
owners, the sudden appearance of a new skin-eating bacteria, and the arrest of
Christians in numerous locations around the world. Jill is weary of it all. But
she knows she must continue. At this point her reading of the news has become a
sort of ministry to the lost souls who live in constant fear and desperation. She
thinks that if she can just instill some hope in her audience of something beyond
all of this, she just might make a difference. What sort of difference, she does
not yet know. But one thing she does know -- things are about to get even worse.
She does not sleep much knowing that fact. But she now knows she will come out the
other end of this in the hands of the Lord. She thinks mainly about the Millennium
which will follow the current seven year period of Tribulation. Maybe she will
live another 1000 years. Would she marry? Would she have children...she does some
quick math in her head...maybe a hundred children, one every ten years? That
thought freaks her out. And what about being married to the same person for 1000
years? How would that work? Maybe I will not think so much. She goes to sleep
thinking about the Millennium, but wakes up thinking about the harsh reality of a
new set of judgments. And they have only just begun.
Then the thought of a 1000 year marriage recurs in her head. She says to herself
"I must be content with the terrible things at hand -- enough already, Jill!" Then
she laughs. Just a little.
CHAPTER 19
TURMOIL IN ISRAEL

With the statue of President Antivon having been set up inside the Jerusalem Temple
nearly a year ago, and reports of the idol talking, displaying amazing powers, and
even healing a few who touched it, a steady stream of people are visiting the
Temple simply to be close to the statue, and possibly even experience and benefit
from its mystical powers. Local Jewish leaders have lost control over access to
the Temple, as people from all over are coming to see the idol which can perform
wondrous signs. Outside the Temple Moses and Elijah deliver their message of
salvation to those who pass by, but very few listen. Moses declares the statue to
be an idol of the Antichrist, and a means of satanic worship. "Demons are using
this idol to perform fake miracles to promote Satan's own man as a god. The one
you are really worshiping is Satan himself." Moses then quotes from 2
Thessalonians 2:3:
�Don�t let anyone deceive you in any way, for that day [Second Advent] will not
come until the rebellion [Tribulation] occurs and the man of lawlessness is
revealed, the man doomed to destruction [Antichrist]. 4 He will oppose and will
exalt himself over everything that is called God or is worshiped, so that he sets
himself up in God�s temple [Abomination of Desolation], proclaiming himself to be
God."
Elijah picks up the message: "This evil faker will have a short time to play out
his deception on the world, and then his end will come, as the Bible declares:"
2 Thessalonians 2:8 "And then the lawless one will be revealed, whom the Lord Jesus
will overthrow with the breath of his mouth and destroy by the splendor of his
coming [Second Advent]. 9 The coming of the lawless one will be in accordance with
how Satan works. He will use all sorts of displays of power through signs and
wonders that serve the lie, 10 and all the ways that wickedness deceives those who
are perishing. They perish because they refused to love the truth and so be saved.
11 For this reason God sends them a powerful delusion so that they will believe the
lie.�
Moses concludes: "Turn away from the lie and toward the light of the Truth. Time is
very short, and then eternity is forever." Those walking by on their way to pay
homage to the statue of Antivon just scoff and hurl insults at the two witnesses.
A crowd gathers every day to hear Moses and Elijah speak. Many of them do not
believe what the two are saying, but somehow they cannot stay away. These two speak
with such authority and wisdom, and it is difficult to ignore them, even for those
who do not believe them. Most do not even believe they are the true Moses and
Elijah of old. But somehow they know these two cannot be ignored. So every day the
two witnesses speak near the Temple, and every day a large crowd gathers to hear
them. At the same time a steady stream of visitors come to the Temple to see the
statue of Antivon and experience its power. Although it is a secular religion based
on Antivon, his followers express a deep faith in his mystical powers to heal the
earth.
Meanwhile, also near the Temple in Jerusalem, several Rabbis are arguing among
themselves about the two witnesses. Rabbi Shulman from Jericho argues that these
two are indeed the Moses and Elijah of old. He says to the others "The events of
the past three years have opened my eyes to the reality that we Jews missed our
Messiah. We were blind to the prophecies from our writings, but finally I can see
them clearly. This Temple is spiritually bankrupt and is selling out to a
worldwide satanic religion headed by the evil Antichrist dictator. The Jews in
Israel who were believers before the Midpoint departed for the mountains, as the
Scriptures required. Now only a remnant of Jewish believers remain in Israel,
mainly those of us who did not see the Truth until after they had departed. This
Temple is a place of false religion, first apostate Judaism, and now the False
Prophet has set up the statue of the Antichrist right here. Look at it! It is a
lie! It represents the worldwide satanic religion. The New Testament reveals that
many Jews will become believers in Jesus Christ as the spiritual blindness of
Israel will be lifted as a result of both the Rapture and the ensuing events which
unfold. It also says that at the exact midpoint of the Tribulation a statue of the
Antichrist will be placed in the Temple in Jerusalem as part of this worldwide
false religious system headed by the Antichrist, who will be worshiped as a god.
Then the two witnesses will evangelize and teach despite the temple's use to
promote both apostate Judaism and the satanic false religion of the Tribulation.
Open your eyes and see the truth! We are now in that time period which Jesus Christ
referred to as a �Great Tribulation.� He will return soon, but not before things
get much worse."
Others Rabbis argue with him and accuse him of being a traitor to Judaism. Several
tear their clothing as they renounce him. But others stay to discuss the issues
with him, as they have also been wondering if they were on the wrong track.
Many Jews are slowly realizing that a new holocaust against the Jews has been
occurring, and it is growing every day. Jewish businesses in Western Europe are
being fire-bombed, reminiscent of the mid-20th Century era. In Russia, Jews are
being rounded up and thrown into prison for no reason except for being Jews.
Throughout the Western Alliance Jews have become the new underclass of citizens,
scorned and treated as traitors to President Antivon, regardless of being believers
in Christ or not. In every corner of the world Jews are reviled, threatened,
incarcerated, tortured, and killed. All simply for being Jews. This would
ultimately become the worst holocaust in human history.
CHAPTER 20
Trumpet #2

It has been four months since the widespread destruction of vegetation by the first
Trumpet Judgment. The world is in a state of starvation and global depression.
Misery has increased exponentially and the world is in chaos. Life is at
subsistence levels.
Jill Steiner goes on with the daily news. She knows there are many more disasters
and much more suffering to come. Things will get far worse, if that can even be
imagined.
Before she begins her daily news show, Producer Jack Ford tells her "Jill, your
news is now the number one news show in the world for reporting on the disasters.
Can you believe that?" Jill replies "I knew a lot of people were watching, but
number one in the entire world? I had no idea." Jill thinks it odd that she has
become the one person the world turns to for disaster coverage, and her coverage
was being sent to news rooms internationally. And people who saw breaking disaster
news from around the world would send their video to LANX news just to have Jill
air it first.
Just as her daily broadcast begins, a report comes into the news room sent from a
commercial airplane pilot over the Pacific. The pilot reported seeing a blazing
mountain of fire crash into the Pacific Ocean, and the resulting splash was about
300 miles wide. The report said the ocean immediately turned a sickly red as a
concentric tsunami unlike any ever seen went out in all directions. The pilot added
that the tsunami wave was "enormous" and "it will be a killer." Video from another
airplane arrives within minutes showing a red fireball the size of a mountain
coming out of the sky and landing in the Pacific Ocean an estimated 750 miles west
of Hawaii. Jill sees it when the rest of her audience sees it. It is a sight which
the world has never seen.
Producer Jack Ford hurries to find any live video feed, which he knew would be
coming in shortly. As several videos arrive at the news room, he decides to put up
a live video feed from Hawaii. Jack sends it straight to the on-air news feed as
Jill is in mid-sentence reading reports coming in from other airline pilots.
Local Hawaiian HWTV News reporter Oko Nogomi was reporting on severe beach erosion
on the western shore of Oahu when the fireball came into view of his camera. At
that point Oko shifted to live reporting about the fireball he had seen
approximately 750 miles west of Oahu. Oko first replays the video of the mountain
of fire, then relays to the world what he is seeing as it is happening: "The
fireball suddenly appeared in the western sky, and was not seen until it was
relatively close to the earth. You would think it could have been seen coming from
space, but that was not the case. I would have seen that. When it appeared it was
the shape of an inverted mountain, like a huge cone of bright red fire about the
height of Mauna Loa, our largest Hawaiian mountain. Due to the curvature of the
earth I could not see the splash but it had to be gigantic. But we did feel the
earth move as it hit, and it caused smoke to rise out of several local volcanoes,
including some dormant ones here on Oahu. The resulting noise broke the sound
barrier even this far away, and that sound took probably an hour to reach us. The
energy is unbelievable. I just looked up the speed of sound vs the speed of a
tsunami, and sound travels 750 MPH while a tsunami can reach up to 500 MPH. That
means...let me calculate....that the tsunami should reach us in about 15 minutes."
After several minutes of reporting, Oko's cameraman points his camera to the west
as he motions to Oko to look out to sea. Oko turns to see what the world is seeing
through the camera, a tsunami over 300 feet tall. Oko returns to reporting: "As
you can see, the tsunami is almost here. It will surely swamp the entire island
chain. So this is the end of our little paradise. If my wife and kids are
watching, I love you. This is Oko Nogomi, HWTV news, reporting...." Oko turns to
face the tsunami just as it reaches shore. The video feed goes dark as the giant
wave crashes over Oahu.
Jill continues to stare at the blank video feed for several seconds. Producer Jack
Ford puts up another video which had just come in from a ship out on the Pacific
closer to Japan. The Captain of a supertanker is seen yelling into his video that a
300 foot wave is headed straight for his ship. Within a few seconds the huge wave
is seen coming over his vessel as the video feed is lost.
Jack Ford then airs the last video report from the Tsunami Warning Center in Hawaii
as the tsunami races across Maui, wiping out that monitoring location. Jill says to
her producer "Enough video, Jack -- let's just read the reports." Jill covers the
facts as best she can. But the videos told the story. Within 30 minutes reports
come in saying the Hawaiian Islands had been swamped by a giant red tsunami. It is
a certainty that all on the islands are lost. Aerial footage soon arrives
confirming that there are no remaining buildings on any of the Hawaiian Islands. An
aircraft carrier and numerous other Navy ships from Pearl Harbor are seen resting
on their side or upside down where Honolulu used to be.
Within the next several hours reports of over 2500 large ships being lost at sea in
the Pacific are received. Many more were destroyed while docked in ports.
Hundreds of Pacific islands have been destroyed, including most of Micronesia and
Polynesia. Japan, Taiwan, New Guinea, the Philippines, and northeastern Australia
were hit hard along their coastal cities, even though the tsunami height had
decreased somewhat by the time it reached those locations. The casualties are
estimated to be over 75 million people.
Several days later Jill is reporting the follow-up from the burning red mountain:
"News of the oceans and seas turning red is not nearly the worst issue here. The
more significant issue is that nearly all sea life in the Pacific has been killed.
That means one-third of all sea life world-wide has died. One third of all fish,
whales, shrimp, lobster, krill and so on have died. The rotting of these creatures
is already causing a stench which is creeping across the land masses. Island
nations such as Japan, Philippines, Indonesia, Taiwan and others are hit hardest by
the loss of sea creatures. And the loss of so much sea life means less food from
the sea. An already starving world is about to have even less food.
Jill reaches for her Bible study notes which she keeps on her desk in the studio.
She begins to read to her audience:
"This event was predicted well over 2000 years ago in Revelation Chapter 8:
Revelation 8:8 �The second angel sounded his trumpet, and something like a huge
mountain, all ablaze, was thrown into the sea. A third of the sea turned into
blood, 9 a third of the living creatures in the sea died, and a third of the ships
were destroyed.�
Jill then tells her viewers: "I have been reading a book called "The Future Times"
which was written a long time ago. Oddly, I played the author's online video the
day the Rapture, or Vanishment as it has been called, happened. I would suggest it
is good reading about what has been happening, and what is yet to come. Let me read
some from that book:
"The second Trumpet Judgment is against the oceans and seas (salt water) of the
earth. God takes away a large portion of another major food source, which is
seafood. A third of all sea life is destroyed. The oceans are polluted with the
rotting sea creatures mixed with blood thrown down, once again reminding that this
is judgment for killing God's believers. But even the image of a mountain of fire
and blood coming down from heaven into the ocean will not change the minds of the
hardened unbelieving world.
This second Trumpet Judgment targets the oceans and salt water seas which together
cover about 70% of the earth's surface and account for about 96% of the earth's
water. There must be no attempt to try to explain these judgments as an accident
such as a random meteor or asteroid. An angel will literally throw a huge burning
mass the size of a large mountain into the earth's oceans. Remember this is
divinely caused, literal and real -- not allegory, not symbolic, but real. Psalm
105:29 says: �He turned their waters into blood, causing their fish to die.� A
third of the oceans and seas are turned to blood, and all creatures in those
affected regions die. Overall a third of all sea creatures die. A third of all
shipping is destroyed. This destruction of so much sea life and many ocean-going
vessels, on top of the destruction of a third of all vegetation on earth including
100% of grain plants, quickly squeezes the food supply to the brink, and starvation
accelerates. The rotting flesh of sea creatures and blood will create a worldwide
stench and will further accelerate diseases. The earth does not have time to react
to one disaster before the next one hits. The cumulative build-up of disaster upon
disaster maximizes the intensity of the suffering.
It is worth comparing what is happening on earth at this time during the
Tribulation to what happened when Moses warned the Pharaoh of Egypt to set the
people of Israel free from slavery. Moses warned and warned, then a terrible
judgment would occur, but Pharaoh refused to change his mind. Then the process
repeated. There were 10 plagues against Egypt, and Pharaoh showed a degree of
hardness of heart which will now be equaled by unbelievers during the Tribulation.
Also note the correlation of the actual Trumpet Judgments to the judgments against
the Pharaoh of Egypt. The Egyptian judgments included blood, hail and fire,
darkness, killing livestock, rotting flesh of wildlife, pain, unusual things
falling from the atmosphere, and so on. The judgments are also similar since they
caused intense suffering on a grand scale for the Egyptians, but not for the Jews,
and in the same way God will take care of His own during the Tribulation. Even
though the entire world will suffer hardship, the unbelievers are specifically
targeted and the believers are generally delivered even though the times will be
extremely difficult for all."
By this time her producer Jack Ford has his head in his hands. Jill just read on-
air from a banned book. He knows he will be visited by the "Citizen's Police" soon.
The next morning, right on cue, three Citizen's Police thugs appear at the news
room to arrest him and Jill. They are taken into custody and put into the maximum
security prison. As she enters her cell she sees that her producer Jack Ford is
already there in a nearby cell. Jill sits and wonders what the future holds for her
and Jack. Maybe she should be more careful. But maybe this is my mission since I
have a voice heard around the world. If I do not use my opportunity, might more
people be lost for all eternity? The questions swirl in Jill's head as a small bowl
of left-over broccoli stalk soup is brought to her cell as her only meal for the
day. "Great" she thinks to herself. "Maybe they intend to starve me in here.�
CHAPTER 21
Trumpet #3

Three months after the red mountain of fire fell into the Pacific Ocean, another
huge fireball, this time a white one, falls from the sky. Video from London shows
that as it entered the atmosphere it split apart into thousands of pieces which
then headed in all directions.
By this time Jill was back at her anchor desk, having been released from prison
after her original three accusers had died from a sudden illness which swept
through the Citizen's Police Headquarters, and most of the surviving prison guards
had fled to forage for food and water. With no one left there to condemn her, she
was released. Also, her popularity as a well-known news anchor probably helped. Her
Producer Jack Ford had also been released.
So Jack and Jill simply walked out. The metaphor was apparent to the pair. They
said to each other, "did you fetch that water? We might need it." After a laugh
they thought how rare humor and laughter had become. Just another victim of this
period of Tribulation.
Jill begins her return to anchor duties just as news about the white fireball is
breaking. Producer Jack Ford looks at Jill and nods in agreement. During his
imprisonment he decided that what Jill had been telling her audience was real. The
Bible was right after all. This is truly the Great Tribulation. The Messiah had
already come and would soon return. He now believed it. Jill starts out:
"Glad to be back. Let's get straight to the disastrous news you all want to hear
about."
Her news show audience now has even more viewers than before her imprisonment.
Reports that the Citizen's Police had put her in prison only enhanced her
reputation for reporting the facts as she saw them. That seemed odd to Jill since
most of her audience did not accept her premise for why this is all happening. But
as she has said previously, she looks at the phenomenon as "moths to the flame."
They simply cannot help but look at the truth, even if they cannot accept it. So
she simply trudges on.
Jill proceeds to cover the news of the white fireball. She described how it had
split apart into thousands of pieces, all still quite large. Then the pieces went
straight for many of the fresh water streams and rivers across the world, as if
they had homing beacons. The result was the poisoning of one-third of the world's
remaining fresh water supply.
Producer Jack Ford replays the video in slow motion showing the blazing white
fireball as it split apart and sent pieces in all directions. The fact that the
pieces landed so perfectly in streams and rivers was amazing to the viewers, so the
video was shown over and over again. Video from specific regions showed the pieces
landed in the rivers and streams, causing them to foam and roil as they rolled
along. Those dependent on these waters died within seconds of drinking from them.
This destruction of a large portion of the remaining drinking water supply would be
devastating. An already starving and thirsty world was about to experience a new
level of misery.
After she described the event, and the details it involved, she begins to read from
her book:
Revelation 8:10 �The third angel sounded his trumpet, and a great star, blazing
like a torch, fell from the sky on a third of the rivers and on the springs of
water� 11 the name of the star is Wormwood. A third of the waters turned bitter,
and many people died from the waters that had become bitter.�
"The third Trumpet Judgment is against the fresh drinking water of the earth in
lakes, rivers and reservoirs. An angel throws a massive burning ball of bitter
tasting poison into the fresh waters of the earth, breaking up and landing in
numerous regions, then spreading out from there. It will be made of a bitter
poison compared to the taste of wormwood, although wormwood is not itself a poison.
The poison is unknown to earth and there is no antidote. The poison will spread
out causing 1/3 of all fresh water to be poisoned, resulting in many deaths from
both poison and lack of drinking water. The ball of fire is not an actual star,
but looked like one to John. Again, these are literal, but since they are not
naturally occurring events they must be compared to what John knows. These are
divinely caused, literal and real -- not allegory, not symbolic, but real. Those
who try to drink the tainted water die. At this point there is very little food
and now little drinking water available on the earth. People are reduced to bare
survival levels and extreme misery. With very little fresh water to drink, the
earth's unbelievers are not just starving, they are dehydrating to death. Believers
suffer, but God does not neglect His own, so most will survive unless they take the
mark of the Beast."
In the ensuing weeks and months the world was reduced to a struggle for food and
water. The basest instincts of mankind were unleashed as people would kill for a
cup of water, or a half slice of bread. The world was starving and thirsting to
death. The death toll over the next several months was staggering. Estimates were
sketchy, but thought to be well over 500 million. The world was reduced to basic
survival. There was no thought of the future. No looking forward to retirement. No
wedding plans. No hope for a family. No hope of any type, except for those who
trusted God with their lives. Somehow they had food enough to survive. They
suffered, but they lived on."
Even though Jill's news is reported all over the globe, she thinks to herself that
no one gets the real message. She wonders if there is a better way to relay what is
behind the disasters. She thinks of herself as a failure since people are
listening, but not accepting the reality of what is going on. She heads home to her
apartment after her news show and sits in her chair thinking about how people
ignore truth and accept "the lie" so easily.
CHAPTER 22
Trumpet #4

After another couple months of daily reporting of the grim statistics of the daily
disasters, and the impact of the previous two judgments, Jill starts another day
wondering when the next Trumpet judgment will come. It will be Trumpet #4 which
will cause light from the sun, moon and stars to be diminished by one-third. She
did not need to wait long. Today was the day.
As Jill was reporting the daily news, Producer Jack Ford told her there was an
eerie and sudden darkness outside. Jill could not see it since her studio has no
windows, but she stopped in mid-sentence and asked Weatherman Ross Hoffman to come
on air and explain what was happening. The camera showed a stunned Ross as he
simply said "I don't know what caused it -- give me a couple minutes."
Jill returned to her duties until after a few minutes Weatherman Ross Hoffman
appeared again, looking bewildered. Jill turned to him and simply said "Ross?"
Ross replied "Let's just look at the video from when this happened." The video
from 15 minutes earlier showed the sun shining normally over the LA basin, having
risen to about a 45 degree angel by this time of the morning. Then the video
showed the sun dimmed by about 33% -- it just stopped shining at full intensity.
No clouds, no partial eclipse, no other interference discernible, it just dimmed
significantly. It was immediately darker as during a heavily overcast day with
dark clouds. As Ross was reporting the event, Jill chimed in "we just received
reports from Asia that the moon and stars also dimmed, and by approximately 33%.
The darkness was discernible and caused people anxiety about the future of the
universe. If the natural lights of the universe dimmed today, what might happen
tomorrow? This was a huge confidence deflater, as if people had much confidence
remaining in anything at this point. But if the universe was waning, and possibly
the sun would be lost, there was no hope at all. Visibly shaken, weatherman Ross
Hoffman stumbled for an explanation but had to admit he had no idea what was
happening. But he did say this had never happened in all of human history. Never,
ever."
Jill: "Ross, what will this do to the weather?"
Ross: "The coldest climates will become uninhabitable as those areas will soon be
far, far colder. For instance, northern Canada, Russia, and most of Greenland will
never get above freezing, even in the summer. Winters will be brutal. Food
production will decrease dramatically all over the world due to less sunlight,
especially farther from the equator. I doubt anyone could grow wheat or corn
anywhere north of Texas starting next year."
Jill: "But that eliminates almost all the wheat and corn producing regions in the
US."
Ross: "Exactly. It will be devastating, especially on top of the recent destruction
of crops this past year."
Jill was already prepared with her Bible study notes. As Ross finished, Jill began
to read:
"This was predicted over 2000 years ago. I will read from Revelation Chapter 8:"
Revelation 8:12 �The fourth angel sounded his trumpet, and a third of the sun was
struck, a third of the moon, and a third of the stars, so that a third of them
turned dark. A third of the day was without light, and also a third of the night.�
Then as become her custom, she reads from her book:
"The fourth Trumpet Judgment is a supernatural judgment against light on the earth,
and the image of it leaves John struggling to explain what it looks like. A third
of the sun becomes dark so that it shines less time on the earth. This is something
which must be seen to understand, but it will be literal. A third of the moon
(beyond just moon phases) becomes dark, and a third of the stars stop shining.
People on the earth at this point are just trying to survive, and now will have
shortened opportunity to do so due to the increased darkness. This Trumpet Judgment
targets both light and warmth for the earth. Sunlight is significantly diminished
by reducing the daylight hours by one-third, resulting in freezing many to death
and eliminating many types of the few remaining crops which survived the first
Trumpet Judgment. With the other judgments having taken away so many basic
necessities there will be an increased reliance on natural light. But the reduction
in moonlight by one-third and fewer stars makes nighttime activity more difficult,
so the time available to accomplish basic survival actions is further restricted.
This means there will be even more hardship when trying to deal with all the
accumulating disasters. Again, divinely caused, literal and real -- not allegory,
not symbolic, but real. This is not some gradual climate change or man-caused
issue; it is divinely caused, sudden, and catastrophic in its effects."
As Jill ends her reading, she looks into the camera and says "Friends, what will it
take to convince you that the Bible predicted all that has happened in the past
several years? And if it has been correct about these things, then isn't the Bible
the real source of Truth for the world?" This time producer Jack Ford smiles as
Jill boldly tells her audience what she believes. Both of them have now lost their
fear of the Citizen's Police, which is in disarray at this point, and most members
had died in gruesome ways.
Jill ends her daily news show and departs for her apartment. She begins to read
about Noah and how he built the Ark to save the human race and also animal life.
She notes the parallels to the current period. The world was hardened against the
Truth in Noah's day, and the current population of the world mirrors that hardness
of soul. She thinks how Noah evangelized the world for 120 years while building
the Ark, and his only converts were his own family members. Seven people, in
addition to himself, were believers. The rest of the world rejected the Truth, and
died in the Great Flood. She wonders if her witness to the current world was
having any more impact than Noah. But then she thinks of Jack Ford, and is
encouraged by his recent change of view. Then there is a knock at her door.
Jill instinctively thinks the worst. It must be the Citizen's Police. Who else
could it be? The knock repeats. Jill asks through the door: "Who is it?" The answer
surprises her. "It's Adam, your brother." Jill had not seen or heard from Adam in
three years. The last words between them were not very nice.
Adam: "Jill, I am here to say I am sorry...if you will let me."
Jill opens the door and motions him in. She senses a change in him. He is not like
when she last saw him. Jill asks "You OK?"
Adam: "Yes. Much better than when I last saw you. And I am sorry for all of that
it was my fault and I just wanted to let you know that, and...well I have
been watching your news show every day lately. You have changed my mind about what
I believe, which was not very much about anything before. But now I see that we
missed our Messiah. I am now a believer."
"That's wonderful!" Jill said, so happy to hear her own brother had changed his
mind, and also because of her message to her viewers. She thinks that is at least
two people she has helped see the Truth, her news Producer Jack Ford and now her
brother. The two talked for a while and then Adam said he would come see her again
tomorrow at the studio. Maybe he could help out or be useful somehow.
As Adam left, Jill had a sense that she was not the failure she had thought she had
been, and that her news show served a purpose. A real purpose.
CHAPTER 23
JEWS IN HIDING BECOME RESTLESS

In the mountains east of Israel the leaders of the Jews who fled during the
Midpoint are gathered for their weekly council meeting. They had been hiding in the
mountains for over two years now, and it was wearing on the people in the camp. The
people were becoming restless. Many began to wonder about why they were there. Some
began to stir up the camp with talk of going back to rescue their fellow Jews who
were suffering intensely. Others simply did not like being cooped up in one place.
Josh Simmons begins the council meeting of the twelve Camp Leaders by saying:
"Discontent is growing among our people here in the camps. They have heard all the
reasons why we are here, but they do not fully understand their purpose. Some are
stirring up the people to break from the group and form their own council, and
possibly even leave the camp and go back to Israel. We must encourage the people,
and also be steadfast in our resolve to keep good order in the camp. We do not want
a repeat of the incident from a year ago when many set out for Jerusalem and were
killed." The council discusses how they might keep the people from losing focus,
and avoid discontentment that might lead to groups breaking off and going out on
their own. But there is not agreement among all council members. Some even
expressed sympathy for those who were discussing departing the camp, or possibly
going back to Jerusalem to help their fellow Jews.
Josh continues: "The Tribulation is entering its final phase, which is
characterized by a period of "the Woes," which are judgments by torturing demons
who will inflict great pain and later death on the world's populace. But we here in
the camps are protected from the Woes as long as we remain faithful, mainly by
staying where we are, and by refusing the Mark of the Beast."
Josh continues "The first four Trumpet Judgments targeted nature, and therefore
mankind indirectly, especially unbelieving mankind. Billions have been killed while
the rest are starving, thirsty, freezing, diseased and mostly in the dark on a
stinking, rotting, ugly planet. Misery would seem to be at a peak, but it will get
much worse. And what happens during the remaining three judgments will be something
the masses of unbelievers are not expecting. In fact, the next Trumpet Judgments
are called �Woes� for a very good reason. Misery will now be taken to new heights.
They are described in Revelation After Josh had finished one member of the council
objected. Noam Givan had not been happy with the leadership of the other council
members, and he spoke for those in the camp who saw things differently. Noam spoke
to the council: "How long shall we sit here and let our fellow Jews back in Israel
be imprisoned, tortured, and killed at the hands of these evil Goi heathen? We must
mount a resistance and go back to help them. We sit here in comfort and have enough
food and water while our dear friends back in our homeland are suffering. A number
of people in my part of the camp believe we are cowards to sit here and not help
our suffering fellow Jews. We must return to Jerusalem and fight with them."
Josh tries to reason with Noam. "We must remain unified and encourage everyone to
stay in place as the Bible commands us. To leave the camp is certain death. We have
Divine protection here. The enemy knows where we are but they cannot reach us
because God has covered us. But if any leave this place, that coverage will not go
with them."
Matthew 24 says:
�At that time if anyone says to you, �Look, here is the Messiah!� or, �There he is!
� do not believe it. 24 For false messiahs and false prophets will appear and
perform great signs and wonders to deceive, if possible, even the elect. 25 See, I
have told you ahead of time. 26 �So if anyone tells you, �There he is, out in the
wilderness,� do not go out; or, �Here he is, in the inner rooms,� do not believe
it. 27 For as lightning that comes from the east is visible even in the west, so
will be the coming of the Son of Man.�
Josh Simmons: "The time to depart will be very clear to all. Until then, we are
commanded by the Scriptures to remain and wait patiently on the Lord."
Noam Givan simply shakes his head and walks out of the council meeting. Josh and
several others stay behind and discuss the issue further. Another member of the
Council speaks up to support what Josh has said:
"Satan will continue to try to lure us out into the open to be killed. If we
remain in the mountains we will be safe under a supernatural hiding. But if any
come out they will be killed. We must survive to populate the Millennium, and we
only need to wait another 18 months, which will be 3 � years from the time of our
flight to these mountains. We believers will be very tempted to come out of hiding
to help our fellow Jewish believers still in Israel since they will be under attack
and in great distress. But any such intended heroism would be misplaced, since we
would never get the chance to help, but would instead be killed as soon as any come
out from hiding. Sometimes hiding is the heroic act, if that is what God requires.
God has a plan, and it must be followed precisely during these difficult times.
Some must flee and wait, others must persevere and fight. Misplaced heroism will
not be rewarded. We must remain until the Second Advent has occurred, and it will
not be possible to miss that event."
The members depart for their sections of the encampments. But they know this is not
the end of the issue. Patience is in short supply in the camps.
The following day a large crowd of Jews are gathered around Noam Givan as he
speaks. He talks of the suffering of their fellow Jews back in Israel, and how
staying in the camp is cowardly. The crowd becomes worked up and is ready to accept
his message. They want to be patriots. They want to return and fight. As Noam
finishes his speech he yells "I am going back to fight the enemy -- who is with
me?" Cheers go up from the crowd as many shout their support for mounting a
guerrilla action against the enemy in order to help their countrymen. They are
ready to return and fight.
Josh Simmons had been listening from a short distance away. He knew that Noam would
stir up trouble. Josh jumps up onto the stage and shouts "Silence! Silence! Listen
to me!" The crowd shouts boos and jeers at Josh, but he continues" "Good people of
Israel, we are here because it is the Lord's will that we must serve as a remnant
of believers to populate the Millennial Kingdom. The Bible says that if any leave
this place of hiding and divine protection they will certainly be killed. Their
lives will be forfeited for no purpose. We must remain here as the Bible commands.
We are not cowards to obey the Word of Truth. We must obey or perish. Anyone who
leaves will be killed by the forces of evil and for no purpose at all. If you think
us to be cowards, then you think the Word of the Lord is nothing. The command to us
is very clear. Remain and wait patiently. We are being tested for our patience, and
it is hard for all of us. To leave is a useless death. This is your final warning.
No one can leave here until the Lord Himself returns, and it will not be long. He
will provide for our fellow Jewish believers who are in Israel. He does not want or
need your help. Choose wisely."
Many of the Jews calm down and accept that Josh has made a point. But others refuse
to accept his guidance. Noam Givan recruits any who will join him to go back and
help the Jews in Israel who are suffering and dying in large numbers. They set a
date for departure.
Meanwhile, they train for their mission. They believe their mission will receive
the Lord's blessing since they are seeking to help their fellow Jews in distress.
They see themselves as patriots.
Within a month the departure date arrives. Noam and his group seem well trained and
committed to fulfill their goal of helping their distressed fellow Jews. They
depart after sunset, with the goal of reaching Jerusalem by dawn. All goes well as
they make their way down the mountains and across the Jordan River. As they
approach Jerusalem, things go very badly.
The forces of the Antichrist are waiting for them. Surveillance systems picked up
their departure from the enclave as soon as they had departed. They were tracked
all the way down the mountains and across the Jordan River.
The Antichrist forces are entrenched along a road just east of Jerusalem. As the
Jewish contingent made their way down the road, the leader of the Antichrist forces
gives the order to open fire. A massive arsenal is unleashed on the band of Jews.
Within two minutes all are dead.
Word of the disastrous defeat reaches the Jews back in Petra. Josh simply relays
the news without comment. It is a hard lesson to the remaining Jews that they must
remain in hiding, or face certain death for no reason.
CHAPTER 24
JUDGMENTS TURN DEMONIC -- TRUMPET #5 / WOE #1

The following day Jill brings Professor Heathrow back to her studio to interview.
This time it is about the disasters turning from natural disasters to demonic ones.
Jill wants to get an expert opinion on this issue, and the Professor has been spot-
on in his previous explanations on her show.
Jill: "Professor Heathrow, we are almost five years into this period of
Tribulation, and we have seen numerous horrific disasters of all types. What can
you tell us about the changes which are about to occur regarding the type of
disasters the Bible indicates will be seen over the next couple years?"
Professor Heathrow: "During the initial several years after the Rapture there was a
significant increase in man-made and natural disasters. Then after the Midpoint the
first four Trumpet Judgments involved disruption of natural processes such as food
production, drinking water supplies, weather, volcanoes, sunlight and many other
such issues. Now the Trumpets will change course and become demon attacks allowed
by God on the unbelievers of the earth. As if the first four Trumpet Judgments had
not been severe enough, God will now allow criminal demons which have been
imprisoned for thousands of years to be released to create havoc on the earth, as
they torture unbelieving mankind. Starting with the 5th Trumpet, the next three
Trumpet Judgments are called �Woes� due to the extremity of direct suffering
associated with them. And the emphasis is on the word "direct." Barely surviving
the famines and disease caused by the first four Trumpet Judgments is one thing,
especially since that suffering was indirectly caused. But now severe pain from
demon torture is about to be added, and it will be direct attacks on individuals.
Then with the 6th Trumpet it will turn to direct attacks by demons on individuals
resulting in death. It will be brutal."
Jill: "Professor, there have been sightings, mostly in the Middle East, of what
people have called "the Swarm." Is this related to these next Trumpets?"
Professor Heathrow: "Definitely. "The Swarm" as some have called it is demon
activity. It came up from the giant plume of black smoke just after the Midpoint,
and the Bible says they came out of the Abyss where they had been imprisoned. So
far there have been demonstrations of power by those demons, as seen by them
swarming to intimidate certain populations and groups, such as when the Jews were
fleeing Israel for safety in the mountains. But now the earth is about to see what
"the Swarm" was sent to accomplish. God allowed these criminal demons to be
released after having been in middle-earth prisons for thousands of years. The
initial part of the Swarm was released when Satan was cast down to the earth at the
Midpoint, but they have not been allowed to attack humans yet. And another group
of hard-core criminal demons have not yet been released. They will be released
later. As Revelation 9:1 says:
�The fifth angel sounded his trumpet, and I saw a star that had fallen from the sky
to the earth. The star was given the key to the shaft of the Abyss. 2 When he
opened the Abyss, smoke rose from it like the smoke from a gigantic furnace. The
sun and sky were darkened by the smoke from the Abyss. 3 And out of the smoke
locusts came down on the earth and were given power like that of scorpions of the
earth. 4 They were told not to harm the grass of the earth or any plant or tree,
but only those people who did not have the seal of God on their foreheads. 5 They
were not allowed to kill them but only to torture them for five months. And the
agony they suffered was like that of the sting of a scorpion when it strikes.�
"The �star� is Satan (Isaiah 14:12; Ezekiel 28:16) who was banished to earth at the
Midpoint along with many of his demons, who were the initial Swarm. Satan knows
the end is very near for him. He has read the Bible. All he has left in his bag
of tricks are chaos and destruction.
He must try to find a way to try to wiggle out of his certain fate. So now he will
release another large group of criminal demons, many millions, who will first
torture and then kill people. But only unbelievers, and those believers who took
the Mark of the Beast."
Jill: "You call these "criminal demons." Why?"
"Before Satan was confined to earth at the Midpoint, he was given the keys to
unlock the Abyss, a middle-earth jail where millions of criminal demons have been
imprisoned for thousands of years, put there long before man was created. These
criminal demons were involved in Satan's rebellion against God, and were punished
by a long jail sentence. The final three Trumpet Judgments or �Woes� will involve
these demon criminals who are about to be released onto the earth where they will
create chaos and torture and eventually kill unbelieving mankind. Even Satan will
not be able to control them, as he was not able to control them in the ancient
past. It should be noted that demons have personalities and areas of extreme action
just like humans. The demons released during the Tribulation are pure criminals,
and they will enjoy the torture they inflict on humans."
"To be clear, before the Tribulation God had very strict rules for Satan and demons
to operate under, so they had to generally behave and leave people alone, although
they sometimes possessed the bodies of unbelievers who enabled it. But during the
Tribulation the rules change to allow more extreme demon activities. Two of the
significant changes are that demons can physically attack people, and the other is
that some of these particular demons (but not all) will be visible to humans."
Jill: "How will this happen? What will it look like to humans?"
Professor Heathrow: "Satan has unlocked the Abyss and release his demon criminal
armies who have been imprisoned for thousands of years in chains of smoke and
darkness. This fifth Trumpet Judgment releases additional multitudes of torturing
demons which Revelation describes as looking like locusts and having stingers like
a scorpion. Being criminals they know how to torture people, and they will do it
very well and with great enthusiasm. They have the ability to strike quickly and
unexpectedly from the sky just as locusts can maneuver from place to place. People
will not know when to expect them, so will live in constant fear.
This stinging demon torture will last for five months, one of the few references to
timing of these Trumpet judgments. Again, this is rather late in the second half of
the Tribulation, during the time of the Great Tribulation. In fact, the �Woes�
judgments almost define the term �Great Tribulation.�
Jill: "And what does the Bible say the reason for this is?"
Professor Heathrow: "It is because of the holocaust against the Jewish believers
during the Tribulation. The unbelievers have killed many of the 144,000 witnesses
and countless other Jewish believers. Now they will pay for this holocaust.�
CHAPTER 25
THE SWARM ATTACKS

In towns and cities across Europe people are going about their daily business,
generally trying to find enough food and water for their family to survive. For
most families this has become a daily task which requires many hours of effort. It
involves going from store to store, standing in line to get whatever there is for
sale that day, then moving on to another store to repeat.
People seldom get what they want. The best they can hope for is to arrive home
after a long day of searching, feed their family enough to survive another day, and
then repeat the next day. Life has become repetitive, boring, tedious, and
miserable. There is no more leisure time, not like before the Vanishment. There is
no hope for a better future. Even the sun is going out, many believe, so forget
climate warming because it is freezing cold in most of Europe during the summer
now. Suicide rates are very high, and it has become the second leading cause of
death after starvation. Most people are going through their lives like the walking
dead. They are starving, thirsty, bitter and without hope.
On a street in Lisbon, Portugal, a man has just bought half a loaf of bread in a
store, now he is headed to another store in hope of finding butter or maybe even
some meat, which is very rare. In the distance he sees what looks like a huge flock
of birds flying close to the ground.
They are so thick. Then he hears what sounds like a collective scream, but far
away. The sound gets closer, and closer. Then he sees them. It is "the Swarm," and
they are swooping everywhere randomly attacking nearly everyone as they go along.
There are thousands and thousands of them. A rolling wave of screams is going out
as the Swarm makes its way toward him. Within seconds he is attacked and stung
several times. His scream joins the thousands of others. The pain is excruciating.
No torture ever devised could match it.
Someone in the crowd in Lisbon uploads a video to the LANX website just as the
Swarm begins its attack. Jill Steiner is the first to air the coverage. She
immediately knows what it is, and what it means.
Jill: "News has just come in of the Swarm attacking citizens in Europe. Roll that
video now." The video shows a frightening scene of the "Swarm" appearing suddenly
in the skies and pouncing on the helpless population below as it proceeds. It
darkens the sky as it approaches. Then it strikes. A rolling wave of collective
screams is heard as the first sign it is approaching. When they get closer to the
camera, their physical appearance is frightening.
Jill tells her audience: "These are not creatures of this world. These are demons
who have come to torture the human race."
Then Jill begins to read from Revelation and also from her book:
Revelation 9:6 �During those days people will seek death but will not find it; they
will long to die, but death will elude them. 7 The locusts looked like horses
prepared for battle. On their heads they wore something like crowns of gold, and
their faces resembled human faces. 8 Their hair was like women�s hair, and their
teeth were like lions� teeth. 9 They had breastplates like breastplates of iron,
and the sound of their wings was like the thundering of many horses and chariots
rushing into battle. 10 They had tails with stingers, like scorpions, and in their
tails they had power to torment people for five months.�
Jill: "Let me also read from my book:"
"The first thing to note is that these demons are visible to humans. This demon
criminal group is compared to an army prepared for battle. They travel in swarms
and make a horrifying noise which adds to the paralyzing fear they induce among
their victims. The look of this demon army is like cavalry riding into battle with
helmets, emblems and armor. The individual demons are fierce looking with faces
resembling man."
Revelation 9:11 �They had as king over them the angel of the Abyss, whose name in
Hebrew is Abaddon and in Greek is Apollyon (that is, Destroyer).�
The demon army is led by the number two demon of all time, Abaddon. At the Fall of
Satan, 1/3 of all angels followed Satan and his top lieutenant Abaddon. It should
be noted this is Satan attacking his own people, since they are attacking mostly
unbelievers, and those believers who depart from their faith. The mantra is �make
them suffer!� Evil has no loyalty. This part of the angelic conflict shows Satan as
ruler of the earth is incapable of being �like the Most High God� which power he
lusted for and caused his original Fall. Satan uses people and spits them out, like
any other unfair and ungrateful dictator. And he dared to think of himself as equal
to God."
Reports continued to come into the studio showing that the Swarm started in several
locations around the world at the same time. In Europe it started in Portugal which
is the western-most major city in continental Europe, and spread eastward.
Additional Swarms began on all the other continents at the same time. Over the next
several weeks the Swarms made their way into all parts of the seven continents,
having spread in all directions. Then they randomly went back to where they had
previously terrorized their victims and attacked again, so that no one knew where
or when they would strike. There was no place to hide from them. They could not
even be locked out of buildings, so there was no safe place. But believers were
unaffected by the stinging demons.
During the next five months Jill covered the effects of the "stinging demons" as
they inflicted excruciating pain on their victims all over the earth. They
continued to strike randomly when least expected, which made their torture even
more intense and it drove fear into the hearts of people everywhere. Since no one
knew when or where they would strike next, intense and debilitating fear became
part of daily life, along with starvation, thirst, and pain.
After several months of "the swarm" roving the earth, unbelievers everywhere are at
the breaking point. They can no longer stand the intense pain of their attacks, the
anxiety of not knowing when they would appear next, and the fear of what all of
this meant. But they remained hardened in their resolve that God was not the answer
for them. Suicides skyrocketed in number.
Jill reports the news of the end of the demon torture: "After five months of
torture the attacks have ended. Just as suddenly as "the swarm" had appeared, they
just as suddenly departed.
The air is now clear of them. People everywhere are rejoicing that this scourge is
finally over. Several months of this torture was nearly unbearable. It has been
just over six years since the Vanishment, so we are less than one year from the end
of the Tribulation. That end is called Armageddon."
Jill concludes her report on the end of the Swarm by quoting from Revelation 9:12:
�The first woe is past; two other woes are yet to come.�
CHAPTER 26
TRUMPET #6 / WOE #2

Within a few weeks the Swarm was back. This time they came prepared to kill. And
kill they did. They appeared first in the Middle East, somewhere near the Euphrates
River in Iraq.
From there they quickly spread out in all directions. This group moved faster than
the first Swarm, which stopped to sting it victims. This Second Swarm plowed
through cities and towns and just kept going at a high rate of speed.
Jill covers the story on her daily news broadcast within minutes of the first
attacks, having been alerted by eyewitnesses in several countries. The video was
frightening to watch, as people were mowed down like grass by these killer demons.
Jill: "After several weeks of absence "the Swarm" has returned, and this time they
are lethal. In the previous attacks they inflicted severe pain, but did not kill.
But now they are killing their victims. Let us look at what the Bible says about
what we are seeing happen before our eyes. Jill reads from Revelation 9:13:
�The sixth angel sounded his trumpet, and I heard a voice coming from the four
horns of the golden altar that is before God. 14 It said to the sixth angel who had
the trumpet, �Release the four angels who are bound at the great river Euphrates.�
15 And the four angels who had been kept ready for this very hour and day and month
and year were released to kill a third of mankind.�
Then Jill turns to her book and reads:
"The sixth Trumpet (Second Woe) sets loose another huge demon army imprisoned deep
under the Euphrates River led by four demon princes. This second demon army was
also put into chains due to an angelic conflict violation in ancient times before
man was created. We can see that Satan's armies in ancient times fought a vicious
battle against the elect angels loyal to God, even to the point of violating the
rules established by God, for which they were imprisoned. They are now released,
not only to further torment mankind, but these demons are also allowed to kill 1/3
of remaining unbelieving mankind. They target unbelievers except for those Satan
wants to spare for his own purposes, mainly those who are demon possessed. Satan
will need some people to be spared for his coming battle to kill the Jews. Satan
believes that if he eliminates the Jews, God would be defeated since God promised
the Jews a Millennial Kingdom where Christ will rule over regathered Israel in the
land promised to them. If the Jews are killed off, God could not fulfill His
promise. This is the main reason why the Jews are targeted throughout human
history.
Jill once again turns to her favorite Professor for explanations. Professor
Heathrow from USC is back in the studio with her.
Jill: "Professor Heathrow, the First Woe was demon torture of people, and now the
Second Woe has been unleashed. These demons are now killing people. Would you
please explain why this is happening?"
Professor Heathrow: "It is happening because Satan is desperate. He is out of
options, and will soon be thrown into prison. His plan has devolved into something
like "create enough chaos, death, and destruction and anything is possible." He is
trying to prevent being thrown into the Lake of Fire. But he will fail. Regarding
the specifics of what is happening, let us take a look at a staggering statistic.
First, the three �Woes� are sequential. The initial Woe, the stinging demons,
lasted five months and is now past. The Swarm inflicted its intense pain on the
world for five very long months. Now the sixth Trumpet Judgment, which is also
called the �Second Woe,� has today been unleashed. There will be a "Third Woe"
during the seventh Trumpet Judgment which includes the Second Advent and
Armageddon. We can see the timing of these three Woes is very late in the
Tribulation. So we have less than a year remaining before the Lord returns and
Armageddon becomes a reality."
He continues: "The Bible reveals the enormous size of this new group of killer
demons. Revelation 9:16 says:
�The number of the mounted troops was twice ten thousand times ten thousand. I
heard their number.�
"Let us do the math. We see that the number is 2 x 10,000 x 10,000 = 200,000,000.
That is a huge army of demons which cannot be avoided or defended against. They
will roll through cities, nations, and continents like a giant war machine killing
unbelievers at will. But believers will be spared because God will only allow
these demons to attack unbelievers. As Revelation 9:17 says:
�The horses and riders I saw in my vision looked like this: Their breastplates were
fiery red, dark blue, and yellow as sulfur. The heads of the horses resembled the
heads of lions, and out of their mouths came fire, smoke and sulfur.�
Professor Heathrow continues: "Again we see this demon army is visible to mankind,
and looks like a cavalry army prepared and dressed for battle, which is their
purpose. The demons travel massed together, spewing poisons from their collective
�mouths� as they proceed. The demons are mounted on some type of war machines which
have weapons in both front and back. Then we see how many people will be killed,
and the numbers are staggering:
Revelation 9:18 �A third of mankind was killed by the three plagues of fire, smoke
and sulfur that came out of their mouths. 19 The power of the horses was in their
mouths and in their tails; for their tails were like snakes, having heads with
which they inflict injury.�
"This means the demons use chemical and biological agents to kill large numbers of
unbelievers, which is fully 1/3 of those remaining who survived everything that has
happened so far. The demon war machines spew killing agents from the front, and
poison also comes from a snake-like tail whipping back and forth. Once again, God
protects His own and they are spared."
Revelation 9:20 �The rest of mankind who were not killed by these plagues still did
not repent of the work of their hands; they did not stop worshiping demons, and
idols of gold, silver, bronze, stone and wood�idols that cannot see or hear or
walk.�
Jill interjects: "So Professor, the unbelievers will still generally refuse to
believe in Jesus Christ for salvation. They become further hardened against God.
They prefer to worship Satan's religious systems of empty deities, money,
immorality, human power, sorcery, drug addiction, human sacrifice, and resort to
violence and general human degeneracy of all forms. The Tribulation forces each
person to choose between God and total degeneracy."
Professor Heathrow: "Quite right. As the end nears, only the most hardened
unbelievers remain since demon armies will have killed all other unbelievers. The
earth is now down to a hard-core set of degenerate unbelievers. That will be when
Armageddon comes, which is part of the 7th Trumpet Judgment, which includes the
Third Woe, and it will be delayed until the end of the Tribulation. In the
meantime, the Bowl Judgments will begin."
Jill: "Thank you Professor Heathrow. You have been so kind to come in for these
interviews. I hope to see you again soon."
Producer Jack Ford has been watching for video coming in which would show the
Swarm. It did not take long. Video has now come into the studio from a town in
eastern Turkey showing the scene of horror. Jack says into Jill's earpiece: "The
person sent it directly to you, Jill.
Warn people that it will not be easy to watch."
Jill: "We have a video of an attack by the Swarm which has just taken place a
couple minutes ago in Turkey. Beware that my Producer says this video is hard to
watch. You have been warned."
The video appears on screen showing the Swarm moving toward a town, turning the sky
dark, and closing in quickly. A young woman standing with her friends is filming
the event. As the Swarm comes nearer, individual members of the Swarm can be seen
in more detail. They are large, multi-colored, and each one has a rider perched on
top of some sort of war machine with a large opening on the front and a swishing
tail on the back end. A gas is shooting out forcefully from front and back, one
color from the front, and another from the back. People below fall down as they
pass overhead. Every person. They writhe and scream in agony, but do not die
immediately. The Swarm closes in on the young woman, who continues to video the
event. She says as they are about to reach her "I hope you get this, Jill!" The
video then shows a yellow gas coming at her with great velocity, and then she falls
down. Her camera falls from her hand and points toward a group of people who had
been standing near her, and it shows them all writhing on the ground and screaming
in pain. The video continues for some time, since they do not die right away. It
takes several minutes, and then each one goes limp, one by one, until they are all
motionless.
Jill: "I had no idea she was going to say my name! Poor girl. She knew we were
watching and wanted us to show this to the world." Jill needs a minute to collect
herself after the video stops. Producer Jack Ford shows another less gruesome one
to give Jill some time.
Then Jill continues: "As you have seen, this Second Swarm, called the Second Woe in
the Bible, is another level of judgment on the earth. It will be here in LA before
long. It will be everywhere soon. Are you ready for eternity?"
The following day there is more grim video. Too much to deal with. Producer Jack
Ford airs some segments to show close-ups of the individual Swarm members. They are
fierce and other-worldly looking. But oddly, they appear to be laughing as they go
about their hideous task. They seem to be enjoying it. Jack Ford rolls the video
back several times in slow motion to confirm. Yes, they are laughing, shouting, and
gesturing to each other. But mostly just laughing.
Jill returns to reporting other news while Producer Jack Ford has been putting
together the statistics for the death toll so far. Starting in the Middle East,
initial reports show 1/3 of the people in each city or town the Swarm goes through
have died. After just an hour, the death toll is estimated to be over 5 million
people.
Jill: "At this rate, the death toll will be over a billion before this is over."
As her broadcast ends for the day, Jill thinks to herself: "Another billion people
dead. That would mean the total death toll during this Tribulation has been 70% of
the world's population. Many billions of people, and it is not nearly over. We
still have many Bowls and Armageddon ahead of us. We were told this over 2000
years ago, and now it is here."
She thinks about how she missed the Rapture, then says to herself: "I must stop
thinking about what I missed. I am here now for a purpose.�
CHAPTER 27
THE BOWL JUDGMENTS

It has been 6 1/2 years since the Vanishment. Less than six months remain until
Armageddon and the return of the Lord. Although the unbelievers are bearing most
of the judgments, the faith of believers is being severely tested. Only those
faithful until the very end of the Tribulation will go into the Millennial Kingdom
and live another 1000 years in perfect environment. The testing has caused some
believers to take the Mark of the Beast, and most of them died at the hands of the
Swarm demons. Many believers have acted like unbelievers to hide their faith from
the unbelieving world. And some others refused to obey the specific commands in
the Bible which were meant for them, including some believers in Israel who refused
to flee at the Midpoint. Among those who fled to the mountains from Israel, some
departed their hiding place and died. This was not a time for being a casual
believer. There were only two sides, and each person had to choose one side or the
other. There was no middle ground. Decisions meant life or death.
Back in Israel the remnant of believers who had fled to the mountains east of
Israel see that the time of the Lord's return is drawing near. Josh Simmons, the
leader of the Jews in exile, talks to the Jews who are gathered about the next
series of judgments which are about to commence. Josh speaks to the assembled
congregation:
"It is now time for the seven Bowl Judgments to avenge the killing of believers
during the Tribulation. These judgments will be the worst seen in all of human
history, and lead up to the return of Jesus Christ at the Second Advent. God does
not cause misery without a good reason. These Bowls occur very late in the second
half of the Tribulation between the 6th and 7th Trumpet Judgments, after God has
sent many forms of evangelization to those who are about to be severely judged."
Josh reads from his book:
"So far during the Tribulation there have been natural disasters, man-made
disasters, and divine judgments revealed by the Seals, including the first six
Trumpet Judgments. Now the seven Bowl Judgments will be unleashed on the earth,
which occur after the Sixth Trumpet Judgment. God's patience is at an end."
Then Josh reads from Revelation:
Revelation 15:1 �I saw in heaven another great and marvelous sign: seven angels
with the seven last plagues�last, because with them God�s wrath is completed.�
Revelation 16:7 �And I heard the altar respond: �Yes, Lord God Almighty, true and
just are your judgments.�
"Those in Heaven who have offered prayers to have the deaths of the martyrs avenged
acknowledge the perfect Justice of God."
Josh continues, providing encouragement that they are nearing the end of their time
in the mountains: "These seven last plagues or Bowl Judgments are executed between
the 6th and 7th Trumpet Judgments. Since they are called the �last plagues� they
occur very close to the end of the Tribulation. The Trumpet Judgments are executed
throughout the period of the Great Tribulation, which is the last 3 � years, so the
Bowl Judgments fit in very near the end. We have about six months remaining until
the Lord returns, then we will depart these mountains and return to our homeland."
At the same time Josh is addressing the Jews in the mountains near Petra, Jill
Steiner is in her LA apartment unable to sleep. She knows there is a next round of
judgments about to be revealed. She reads from her book so she will know what to
expect.
"Upon the command of the Lord the seven Bowl Judgments begin, and the first Bowl
causes unbelievers on earth to break out in awful, thick, painful sores in judgment
for worshiping the Antichrist and taking the mark of the Beast. This judgment
hearkens back to the Pharaoh of Egypt and the plague of sores in ancient Egypt.
The unbelievers of the Tribulation took the Mark of the Beast, and since they like
marks on their skin, God is about to give them pockmarks all over their bodies.
And the pain associated with them will be excruciating. As Revelation 16:1 says:
�Then I heard a loud voice from the temple saying to the seven angels, �Go, pour
out the seven bowls of God�s wrath on the earth.� 2 The first angel went and
poured out his bowl on the land, and ugly, festering sores broke out on the people
who had the mark of the beast and worshiped its image.�
Jill closes her book and thinks about what that means. The current world is about
to be judged for how it has treated the believers of the Tribulation, just as the
Pharaoh of Egypt was judged 3000 years ago using numerous plagues for refusing to
free the Jews from captivity after 400 years of slavery. She goes to sleep thinking
about the parallelism of the two time periods.
The following morning Jill is on her way to work, walking down the sidewalk near
her news studio building. Suddenly a collective shriek goes up from nearly all the
people on the street around her. They are jumping and swatting and crying in pain.
People jump out of cars in the middle of the street and writhe and jostle their
clothing. At first Jill did not know what happened, but then she sees everyone is
covered with red sores on every inch of their exposed skin. It is apparent from the
expressions of pain that the sores cover their entire bodies.
Jill hurries on into her building and gets to the news room as fast as she can. She
looks at her own skin, but nothing unusual. Jack Ford meets her as she is entering
the studio, and his skin is clear. But then she starts seeing the staff, and most
of them are affected by the painful skin sores. For the crew the pain was so
intense that most could not continue to work. Jack had to take over the camera
duties to allow Jill to go on with her news show.
Jack was doing double duty, putting up video and handling the camera. Jack showed
video and Jill described what she had seen on the street near her news studio.
Eyewitness accounts from around the world all showed the same thing. Most of the
people of the world now had painful red sores all over their bodies. And the
emphasis was on pain. Nothing could reduce the intensity of it except to try to
avoid having the skin touch anything at all. Even soft clothing irritated the
sores.
Within the next few days it became obvious that the skin sores had an enormous
impact on people everywhere. The pain was intense. Sitting on the sores was very
painful, and lying down was almost impossible since so many of the sores became
involved. Sleep was therefore nearly impossible, except in very short sessions
under extreme exhaustion, only minutes at a time. Just wearing clothing was
painful. Within days the world was full of people sleep- walking through their
miserable existence. They walked bow-legged with their arms outstretched to avoid
touching any sores. While most of the early disasters had been either localized or
affected people indirectly, even though severely, the sores put the pain right to
each person directly and continually, much like the stinging Swarm had done. It was
highly effective at getting people's attention that they were being judged.
Jill noted that very few turned to God as the answer. The world was now in a state
of extreme hardness. The Second Swarm had killed so many people, nearly 1/3 of all
those who were on the earth. And that was after many had been already killed by
famine, disease, war, and disasters. Except for believers who were spared these
judgments, those unbelievers who had survived the Swarm of killer demons were
mainly those who had no remaining conscience.
While most of the judgments lasted for a relatively short duration and then ended,
the sores remained and did not go away. They turned people into the walking dead,
living at the most basic level of bare existence, waiting for their final end. It
would not be long.
But in the meantime more judgments were coming. Jill provided her viewers a preview
of what was about to happen next. She began to summarize for her audience at the
end of each news broadcast what was coming in the near future. She still had many
who watched her news show from all over the world. But most refused to accept the
truth of what was behind all of it.
Jill's summary at the end of her daily broadcast started out as:
"All sea life will soon die, all drinking water will become undrinkable, the sun
will scorch the skin, the world will be plunged into darkness, the way will be
prepared for Armageddon, and then Armageddon will finally come, and it is less than
six months away."
Within a few days the second Bowl Judgment hit. It targeted sea life.
Residents of the ocean-side community of Malibu, California awoke to see red waves
breaking on the beach. It was a disgusting sight, and looked to these residents
like blood. In fact, it turned out to actually be blood. This scene repeated in
beach communities all over the US, and all over the world. The ocean waves were
blood. Soon afterward dead sea creatures began washing onshore. First fish, then
starfish and turtles, then whales. The rotting carcasses became even more
disgusting than the blood waves. Soon the stench became unbearable. Oceanographers
from around the world used sophisticated instruments to try to determine the extent
of the issue. Why were these sea creatures dying in droves? Which types were
affected, and which types survived? What they found shocked them. They found no
living sea creature of any type in any ocean or sea anywhere on earth. None. All
sea creatures were dead, down to the last krill. They concluded this was not a
natural event, but an unnatural one. But they refused to see it as a supernatural
event.
It was just as Jill had been telling her audience. And as she had become known for
doing, Jill read to her audience from Revelation and from her book:
Revelation 16:3 �The second angel poured out his bowl on the sea, and it turned
into blood like that of a dead person, and every living thing in the sea died.�
"The 2nd Bowl turns all the oceans to blood and kills all remaining sea life. The
rain cycle is also disrupted by this judgment since the oceans are key to rain
formation. Recall that the Trumpet Judgment had previously killed 1/3 of all sea
life, so this Bowl occurs later since all sea life is now killed."
With all sea life dead, there was no food from the seas or oceans. This had been
one of the few remaining food options, and now it was gone. And if that were not
enough, the painful red sores persisted. And the pain never became any more
bearable. Not to mention how ugly everyone had become, which ruined their self-
esteem.
Jill reported on how the Bowl Judgments were affecting people. How it disrupted
their entire life. Work, play, eating, social life, sleep -- everything was
affected. The little pleasures of life were gone. She continually reminded her
audience of why these were occurring, and how close the end of the Tribulation is
at this point.
Within a month of the blood waves, the third Bowl Judgment hit. The drinking water
supply was targeted. Again. Now the entire remaining drinking water supply turned
undrinkable.
The world was already starving and thirsty. But now that would be taken to a new
level. Jill reads to her audience:
Revelation 16:4 �The third angel poured out his bowl on the rivers and springs of
water, and they became blood. 5 Then I heard the angel in charge of the waters say:
�You are just in these judgments, O Holy One, you who are and who were; 6 for they
have shed the blood of your holy people and your prophets, and you have given them
blood to drink as they deserve.�
It is not an accident that the "blood" theme recurs over and over. God is reminding
the unbelieving world of what they did to His own people. Believers had been
murdered by those following, and those not resisting, the Antichrist. Millions of
believers had been murdered, beheaded, or starved to death during the past several
years. A holocaust targeted Jewish believers. Those who did not oppose the
Antichrist were with him. Regardless of how innocent any of the remaining
unbelievers seemed, they were on the wrong side of history, meaning they were not
on God's side. Bad choices led to bad outcomes. God gave everyone plenty of chances
to change their minds, but most had refused. Now they were being judged, and judged
severely.
This 3rd Bowl Judgment targeted the remaining supply of drinking water. The 3rd
Trumpet had previously targeted 1/3 of all drinking water, now the remainder was
taken away by this Bowl Judgment. The unbelievers were bloodthirsty while killing
so many believers, so God now gives them blood to drink, making them very, very
thirsty. Believers will have special provisions during all these judgments, but
the intensity of the adversities will be felt by all as God removes the most basic
necessities for sustaining life from unbelievers. Since the people on earth could
not survive very long without drinking water, Armageddon and the Second Advent are
very near.
The next two Bowl Judgments would come in rapid succession. Within a month after
the drinking water was destroyed, the fourth Bowl Judgment hit. Scorching sun
began to burn the flesh of everyone who ventured outdoors. There was no way to
avoid the sun's scorching heat. The scorching was immediate on any exposed flesh.
Even a tiny opening in clothing led to instant first degree burns. And due to the
painful red sores, people had turned to wearing as little clothing as possible. So
when the scorching sun began, they were caught with much of their skin exposed.
That made the scorching even worse, since there would be no time to cover up for
anyone out in the open.
The scorching sun also burned up the remaining vegetation. There had not been
enough sun to grow crops due to the decreased sunlight, but now the low sunlight
also scorched what little vegetation was growing.
Jill reported on the fourth Bowl as unbelievers suffered from severe skin pain,
which went along with their starving and intense thirst. This Bowl added more skin
pain on top of the already painful skin sores. This skin pain was a very direct
targeting of individual comfort.
Jill reads to her audience:
Revelation 16:8 �The fourth angel poured out his bowl on the sun, and the sun was
allowed to scorch people with fire. 9 They were seared by the intense heat and
they cursed the name of God, who had control over these plagues, but they refused
to repent and glorify him.�
The 4th Trumpet Judgment had diminished the sun, and now the 4th Bowl Judgment
causes the remaining daylight hours to yield scorching heat on the inhabitants of
the earth as the protective layers of the atmosphere are removed. The world
switches from freezing cold to scorching heat on their skin. The world is colder
but their skin is burning. The unbelievers of the world are in intense pain. The
red sores never went away, then scorching was added. The skin is a major source of
pain, since it is so near the nerve endings. God puts the pain where it is felt the
most -- on the skin.
Jill wonders if anyone was listening. Really listening. She doubted that any were.
They were just moths to the flame. They could not stay away. They watched her news
show because they were mesmerized, not because they had any belief system.
CHAPTER 28
INVASION OF ISRAEL

President Antivon, now completely revealed as the Antichrist to all who were
willing to see the truth, is losing control over his domain. There is death,
disaster, pain and destruction everywhere as the Bowl Judgments take their toll.
Food and water are very scarce. There is misery at all levels of society. The
streets are filled with chaos, lawlessness, looting, mass unrest and riots. His
Citizen's Police forces have been decimated by the judgments so their numbers have
dwindled, but the ones who remain continue to kill people at will, especially
Christians and Jews. Jewish Christians are their number one target. Assassination
attempts on the President and his staff occur regularly. Antivon has lost two
Chiefs of Staff as a result. There has been a general breakdown of law and order,
as lawless gangs rule the cities.
President Antivon decides to take warfare "on the road" to distract from the
internal turmoil at home.
The Western Alliance had made a treaty with Israel early during the Tribulation,
but President Antivon now has new plans for the Middle East. The Western Alliance
wants to set up a base of operations inside Israel, and use it to invade African
countries. That will require a large military presence in the region. Although
Israeli Prime Minister Garlock is in his pocket, the Israeli military is not. But
it has been reduced to just a small military Resistance unit.
Therefore President Antivon cannot rely on Prime Minister Garlock to deliver Israel
over to him, so an invasion and forceful takeover of Jerusalem by Western Forces is
required since there will be opposition from the Israeli Resistance. The West's
plans are set into motion and within a few weeks Western Alliance ships land at the
port of Haifa in western Israel while ground forces enter Israel from the
northeast. These two army groups converge on Jerusalem in a pincer movement from
the north.
Western Alliance forces close in on the Israeli Resistance forces on the northern
outskirts of Jerusalem, and their situation is dire. As the Western forces reach
Jerusalem, fighting by the Israeli Resistance under Generals Dayan and Gurian is
heroic, but they are overpowered and pushed back into the city, followed by street
to street and house to house fighting inside the city. Both sides suffer heavy
casualties. The Israeli troops fall back into midtown Jerusalem where they become
trapped.
It was then the fifth Bowl Judgment happened -- intense darkness on the
Antichrist's kingdom and their military forces.
Revelation 16:10 �The fifth angel poured out his bowl on the throne of the beast,
and its kingdom was plunged into darkness. People gnawed their tongues in agony 11
and cursed the God of heaven because of their pains and their sores, but they
refused to repent of what they had done.�
The supernatural darkness had two purposes, first to blind the military forces of
the Antichrist fighting in Israel, and secondly as a judgment on the Antichrist's
kingdom. The supernatural darkness blinded both the Western Alliance soldiers and
their electronics, but it did not affect the Israeli Resistance forces in any way.
This blindness of the Western Alliance allowed the Israeli Resistance forces to
escape straight through the middle of the battle lines of the blinded Western
forces.
Since this supernatural intense darkness affected only the Western Alliance, it
allowed the Israeli Resistance forces to escape the clutches of the Antichrist's
forces and withdraw from Jerusalem. They retreated to the outskirts and joined the
forces under General Dayan and General Gurian who had set up defenses south of
Jerusalem. The Jewish Resistance forces then regrouped in southern Israel near
Bethlehem, where they were able to resupply and bring in additional troops from
other locations. With a new hiding place established, their numbers were bolstered,
and their supplies were renewed. The Israeli Resistance forces were once again
ready to take on the enemy who was occupying Jerusalem. But only when the timing
was right.
General Dayan addressed the Jewish Resistance fighters:
"This is the same as what happened during the days when the Pharaoh of Egypt
hardened his heart against the Jews, and Moses caused darkness for three days as
part of the ten plagues on Egypt. Moses was in ancient Egypt at that time, and he
was here today in Jerusalem near the Temple when our Jewish forces needed to
escape. The ancient Egypt event is recorded in Exodus 10:21:
�Then the LORD said to Moses, �Stretch out your hand toward the sky so that
darkness spreads over Egypt�darkness that can be felt.� 22 So Moses stretched out
his hand toward the sky, and total darkness covered all Egypt for three days. 23
No one could see anyone else or move about for three days. Yet all the Israelites
had light in the places where they lived.�
General Dayan continues: "The power of the Antichrist has been targeted directly,
and his kingdom was turned dark. The empire of darkness got the darkness they
deserve. It allowed us to escape from Jerusalem today in order to survive. We
cannot go back and fight them directly at this point. But we will have our day
soon, and the forces of the Antichrist will be wiped out completely. Of this you
can be certain."
Israeli General Dayan proceeds to outline the strategy for the remainder of the
war, which will be one of opportunistic strategic engagement and defensive covert
withdrawals. They cannot afford to attack the forces of the Antichrist head-on at
this point. They must pick their battles wisely and retreat when necessary to
survive. They cannot save Jerusalem from the Antichrist forces. But they can have
an impact, and they can survive to fight during the final stage when the Lord
returns. That is when they will defeat the forces which drove them out of
Jerusalem. The Israeli Resistance forces will have their own revenge. But they must
remain patient.
"The true heroes of the Jewish cause were the soldiers in Israel who rose up
against the Antichrist and the Jewish traitor called the False Prophet. These brave
fighters were new believers who risked everything to hold back the onslaught of the
evil forces of the Western Alliance. They were the ones protecting the rights of
Jews everywhere, even though they were but a few." With that, General Dayan departs
to set up the logistics necessary to support the long battles which lie ahead. He
knows that his brave troops have an enormous task ahead of them, and the battles
will be fierce. He prays for his troops as he walks on ahead.
Armageddon is approaching quickly, and his troops will play a key role on that day
as they will be given the task of fighting the Western Alliance forces in south
Israel and in Jerusalem.
While that was happening in Israel, in the remainder of the Western Alliance the
darkness had another purpose, which was judgment. In addition to the effects on the
military forces of the Antichrist, the people of the Western Alliance experienced
deep darkness which the sun could not penetrate, or moon or star light. No light of
any type could penetrate the supernatural darkness. Flashlights, building lights,
street lights, car lights, cell phone light, candle and flame light were all
useless. There was no natural or artificial light of any type. Everyone was
essentially blind since their eyes could not reveal anything of any type without
light. It drove intense fear.
Many people across the entire Western Alliance were caught out of their homes when
the darkness struck. There was no way to get home for most people. No one could go
to or from work. Even if they were stuck at their workplace no work could be done.
People trying to walk home were seldom successful. There were many injuries from
cuts, falls, and other hazards but no one could help them. All sense of a normal
life was removed by the darkness. Each person was forced to focus primarily on
their own thoughts since they could not engage in any of their normal distractions.
No online interaction, no reading, and getting food to eat was very difficult. Not
even a gas flame emitted light so it could not be seen. During this time houses
burned to the ground but no one saw the flames. The helplessness was overwhelming
for many. They could not be alone with their own thoughts without some distraction
to keep them from thinking too much. Most people survived by living a life of
distraction without thinking. Anything that kept them from their own thoughts was
useful. There was no anchor in their soul to stabilize them, so they tried not to
think. Distraction was the key to survival.
But the intense darkness forced them inward, which was frightening since they found
nothing there. Just emptiness, loneliness, and nothingness.
Fortunately for Jill, she was at her apartment when the darkness struck. She knew
it was coming so she was prepared. She could not get to work, and no news could be
broadcast during this judgment. Jill had memorized her small apartment and gathered
everything she needed as close as possible. She had stacks of pre-made food and
bottles of water alongside her sofa. This enabled very limited movement in order to
survive the ordeal. It would not last long, she knew.
Prior to this judgment, Jill had read about it. She knew she would not be able to
do anything but sit and wait it out once the darkness hit. She had memorized
information related to the judgment.
After two days the darkness was gone. Unbelievers went back to just being extremely
hungry and thirsty, and trying not to inflame the constant sores which had remained
just as painful. They saw that the believers around them did not have such issues,
except that they suffered some degree of privation. But they did not have the
sores. The unbelievers began to hate those who had no sores. They themselves could
have lost the sores at any time, but they refused to turn to God. From this point
on there would be almost no one change their mind about needing God's help. They
were totally hardened in their souls.
This is not the last of the darkness which the Antichrist forces will see. There
will also be a separate day of total darkness over the entire earth on the day the
Lord returns, and that will occur as the world's Alliances are assembled at
Armageddon.
Back in Israel, the Western Alliance troops secured Jerusalem as their new base of
operations. It would be used by the West for further conquests of African nations.
Meanwhile, the Western Alliance forces were angered by what had happened to them in
Israel. So they took their revenge on the city of Jerusalem which they had
captured. It was as Zechariah had prophesied several thousand years before:
Zechariah 14:1 �A day of the LORD is coming, Jerusalem, when your possessions will
be plundered and divided up within your very walls. 2 I will gather all the nations
to Jerusalem to fight against it; the city will be captured, the houses ransacked,
and the women raped. Half of the city will go into exile, but the rest of the
people will not be taken from the city.
The Western Alliance forces began to round up Jews inside Jerusalem to be shipped
out to concentration camps. The troops needed their homes for themselves since they
would be based there. So they stole their houses and food and possessions. A
procession of Jewish prisoners several miles long was marched out of the city
toward the east for shipment out of Israel to unknown locations.
Armageddon is inevitable at this point. The stage has been set. The world leaders
are drunk with power madness and cannot see anything else. They are about to be
drawn into the meat grinder they themselves had constructed, and it would be called
"Armageddon.�
CHAPTER 29
REMAINING IMPEDIMENTS REMOVED

The accumulation of the Bowls is taking a severe toll, with the painful red sores,
the oceans turned to blood and sea life destroyed, drinking blood instead of water,
scorching heat, and intense darkness. The unbelievers of the earth are in maximum
pain and under extreme stress. But they still refuse to accept the real solution to
their problems.
The sixth Bowl Judgment occurred about a month later. Most would miss the point of
it, but this judgment would have great impact. It would remove remaining
impediments and clear the way for Armageddon.
Israeli Resistance commander General Dayan sees the sixth Bowl coming, and explains
it to his staff. He reads from Revelation 16:12:
�The sixth angel poured out his bowl on the great river Euphrates, and its water
was dried up to prepare the way for the kings from the East. 13 Then I saw three
impure spirits that looked like frogs; they came out of the mouth of the dragon,
out of the mouth of the beast and out of the mouth of the false prophet. 14 They
are demonic spirits that perform signs, and they go out to the kings of the whole
world, to gather them for the battle on the great day of God Almighty.�
General Dayan continues: "The Bible says the sixth Bowl causes "the Euphrates River
to dry up" so the Eastern Alliance can bring its massive military forces across the
Arab countries and into Israel in preparation for Armageddon. The "Euphrates"
reference is an analogy to removing what has been blocking their advance, namely,
the Southern Alliance military forces. We have recently seen the Southern Alliance
pulling all its troops out of Iraq, Iran, and neighboring countries so they can be
sent toward Israel, and that is happening right now.
Additionally, Southern Alliance forces from the Arabian Peninsula have left the
area and are now attacking Western Alliance installations using multiple small
engagements which have targeted supply lines. So the movement of Arab military
forces out of their own countries clears the way for the Eastern Alliance to move
its massive armies straight through the Arab nations, including Iraq which is the
location of the Euphrates River. The armies of all four world Alliances will soon
be assembled in the Jezreel Valley, at a location which has become known as
Armageddon. That is why this sixth Bowl Judgment is important. It is God's purpose
and design to pull all the armies of the world together for one final battle."
Back at LANX News, Jill Steiner reads from her book to explain to her audience what
is happening:
"Behind this judgment was political influence which stirred up the world leaders to
throw caution to the wind and commit their armies to a doomed battle where no one
could possibly win. Powerful demons (�frogs�) are sent out by Satan and his two
emissaries the Antichrist and the False Prophet to stir up war emotions among the
other kings and bring the whole world into one final battle. Satan simply wants
everyone dead at this point, and especially the Jews. He has lost all semblance of
control. He is mad with rage and lashes out in total fury. This Bowl judgment makes
world leaders mad with rage. The four Alliances of the world are drawn together to
the Middle East for battle. They do not know why they are going, but they go
anyway. They cannot refuse. The Lord has pulled them into a trap. The stage is set
for Armageddon, which is the last battle of the Tribulation, and the return of
Jesus Christ."
Jill: "We are 30 days from Armageddon."
President Antivon is traveling with his military forces taking personal command of
the invasion plans for Africa. He had wanted to take Africa into his domain
earlier, but needed to wait until other priority countries were secured, including
Israel. Now that Israel is generally in his pocket, and can serve as a base for
operations into Africa, he can move along his plans for invading Africa.
But in the meantime, he has a thorn in his side to deal with first.
CHAPTER 30
BABYLON

President Antivon has a grudge to settle. He has become very angry and frustrated
over failures to properly promote him as a god, and has also grown weary of his own
religious hierarchy taking advantage of his power and using it for their own
benefit, and without the reciprocity he believes he deserves. After all, a god must
be worshiped properly. But instead, the religious organization he installed at the
former Vatican City, which he renamed "Babylon," has failed him. Babylon did not
seem to appreciate him, or recognize what they had in him. Now they must pay. He is
in a state of extreme rage, and his fits of madness have become legendary with his
staff. The price will be very steep for Babylon, and the city of Rome will simply
be collateral damage.
Antivon tells his Aide "Get my Ambassador for Religion at Babylon on the line. He
has failed me." The Aide recognized that another fit of madness was underway, so he
moved quickly.
The last Aide was replaced for being "slow to respond" and no one ever saw him
again. The Aide returned having the Ambassador, the head of the religious
propaganda machine for Antivon, on the phone. Ambassador: "Yes Mr. President, what
can I.....?" Antivon cuts him off and simply says: "You have failed me! It is
over!" and ends the call. Antivon tells the Aide, get my military staff in here,
NOW!" The staff arrives within minutes. Antivon orders them to destroy Rome. "Put a
nuke on them. They are worthless to me!" One of his Generals protested and
Antivon ordered him arrested on the spot. "Anyone else want to disobey orders?
Fine, make it happen. Today! Before sundown!" The Generals grimly go out to perform
their assigned task, which they see as madness, but are powerless to stop. Antivon
turns to his Aide: "I warned the Ambassador for Religion not to fail me. This is on
his head."
In LA Jill Steiner is home reading about the city the Bible calls "Babylon." She
reads from her book:
Revelation 18:21 �Then a mighty angel picked up a boulder the size of a large
millstone and threw it into the sea, and said: �With such violence the great city
of Babylon will be thrown down, never to be found again...24 In her was found the
blood of prophets and of God�s holy people, of all who have been slaughtered on the
earth.�
"The hurling of the boulder into the sea makes a splash much like a missile with a
nuclear warhead makes a mushroom cloud...The end will be violent and total
destruction. As the center of power for the Antichrist and the Western Alliance,
the city called "Babylon" in the Bible was the envy of all unbelievers everywhere.
It has power, wealth, luxury, extreme debauchery, and every form of excess
imaginable. It was the very symbol of what most people aspired to achieve, the
pinnacle of what the world had to offer. It showed that there was meaning in life,
if only to acquire what Babylon had to offer. But as the source of religious power
for the Antichrist, Babylon was rotten and morally bankrupt. It was a shadow built
on the sands of evil."
Jill decides to call in an expert on such subjects. In the news studio of LANX
News, Jill Steiner once again interviews her favorite Professor:
Jill: "We have Professor Heathrow with us again today. Professor Heathrow, you are
the Professor of Biblical Ancient Civilization Studies at the University of
Southern California. Tell us about ancient Babylon and its relationship to the
Biblical Babylon."
Professor Heathrow: "The city called �Babylon� in the Bible is not the literal
Babylon of ancient times. The literal ancient Babylon was completely destroyed
several hundred years before the Apostle John wrote Revelation, so it no longer
existed except in ruins, but its memory was the stuff of legends. The name for the
Tribulation city discussed in Revelation was chosen for specific reasons to
describe how it would be like ancient Babylon in many ways. Ancient Babylon was the
most powerful and richest city of its day, as the Tribulation Babylon would become.
Ancient Babylon was the center of a degenerate religious system for a large part of
the people on earth during that time, as the Tribulation Babylon has become.
And ancient Babylon was renowned for its total debauchery and every form of carnal
excess, as with the Tribulation Babylon. These factors make the name �Babylon� the
perfect choice for the name of the analogous city during the Tribulation.
Early Christians called Rome Babylon, and Peter referred to Rome as Babylon in 1
Peter 5:13 �She who is in Babylon, chosen together with you, sends you her
greetings.� This ties Rome and Babylon together as he sends greetings from Rome.
Rome was the capital of the Roman Empire, which is tied to the Western Alliance
which the Bible describes as a sort of "Revived Roman Empire" with many of the same
countries which were once part of ancient Rome. The Babylon of the Tribulation
describes Rome as the headquarters of the worldwide religious system of the
Antichrist, which Antivon set up in the former Vatican City inside Rome after
throwing out the Christian church there. The Antichrist has used the Christian
world-wide infrastructure in Vatican City, now Babylon, to set up a world-wide
worship of himself as a god. So Rome became the center of worship of a false god
because there was already an infrastructure in place there, so the former Vatican
City and Rome and the new false religious system are now thoroughly interrelated,
and that is what the Bible collectively calls Babylon, the combined religious and
financial capital of the Western Alliance. Rome has therefore become the Babylon
of the Tribulation, an analogy to the ancient debauched city of Babylon which was
destroyed long before the Book of Revelation was written."
Jill: "So you say that Rome is the Babylon of the current day? That would mean Rome
will be the target of nuclear destruction, according to the Bible."
Professor Heathrow: "Revelation 17 - 18 uses the analogy of a prostitute riding on
a beast to discuss both the city and the religion as if they are one entity when
referring to it as either �Babylon� or the �great prostitute� which is Babylon.
Rome has become a center of international trade and wealth, and the seat of
religious power for the Antichrist, even though Washington DC is the political
center of power. So it is a place of great importance � political and economic
power along with false religion, all combined into a single evil power sphere.
All the nations of the western world look to this city as a source for their own
power, and also their wealth. The religion taxes everyone who buys through the Mark
of the Beast program. That results in a huge amount of wealth stolen from the
people who are forced to buy through the Mark program. The Antichrist's religious
system, with himself as the deity, is a major key to his power over his Western
Alliance. We will see how the city will be �destroyed in one hour� by �burning�, a
clear reference that a nuclear explosion will destroy this great city and all in
it. It is significant that it takes three chapters of Revelation to discuss this
powerful city which will be the center of such evil and degeneracy as the source of
Satan's worldwide religious system."
Jill Steiner: "Professor, how did Rome become Babylon?"
Professor Heathrow continues:
"It became Babylon by presenting the Antichrist as a god, and then making money on
that proposition. You see, the Antichrist really sees himself as a god, but the
religious support system built around that views it as a money-making opportunity.
And the city has grown rich as it has exploited the "god-like" issue. The
Antichrist believes he is a god, not that he is god-like. That is a big
difference."
"So the Bible portrays Babylon as a prostitute of false religion riding on its
State sponsor, the political power of the Antichrist, and further invoking the
image of the power behind both of them, who is Satan. Stated another way, the
satanic religious system sits on a �scarlet beast� which is the Revived Roman
Empire composed of 10 nations (�horns�) which in ancient times were part of the
Roman Empire, and has added the 11th nation led by the Antichrist. During the
early part of the Tribulation the Antichrist used false religion as a tool to gain
power, and to control people on a worldwide scale. The false religion and
political State will find each other useful, and their combined exploitative powers
will be enhanced by their unholy union. The �blasphemous names and had seven heads
and ten horns� shows. "
Jill interjects: "Professor, no disrespect intended, but you are way past our
audience's caring about such details. "
Professor Heathrow: "Quite right, so sorry. But I am a geek about this stuff. Let
me be more clear. As the Tribulation proceeds, religion will end up thinking it is
the important part while the Antichrist believes he is the important part. The
Antichrist will grow to despise and resent the upstart religious system which he
himself invented. So Satan's own political forces will eventually destroy his
religious forces as evil fights evil due to internal struggles, jealousy, and
arrogance of power."
"This is the important point for your audience to understand. That the Antichrist
will end up destroying �Babylon� by launching a nuclear strike on it. Satan cannot
control his own forces of evil or keep them from fighting each other since his plan
depends on using the basest instincts of mankind, which can easily get out of
control, and are not controllable even by Satan. The Tribulation shows that Satan
is not nearly as smart or powerful as he believes he is. Hence, the Tribulation
proves that Satan is a bumbling fool."
Jill: "A bumbling fool. All this time most of the world has thought of Satan as a
super- powerful super-genius who controlled his empire with precision. But the
Tribulation shows him to be incompetent and a failure, right?"
Professor Heathrow: "Exactly. Satan will be revealed as the biggest loser of all
time. That is the overall reason for the Tribulation. It will be the ultimate
defeat of Satan by God, as he will end up bound in chains and imprisoned in the
Abyss."
Jill: "But what about Babylon...why will it be destroyed?"
Professor Heathrow: "Babylon is very much at the center of this union of the
prostitute religion and the Antichrist's Revived Roman Empire. The great city
Babylon/Rome is the center of trade and also the center of false religion of the
Revived Roman Empire for the Antichrist who is King of the West..."
Jill: "Professor, remember that our audience wants to get the short version of why
Babylon is destroyed. They do not want to wait for the movie version."
Professor Heathrow: "Of course. We see how the Antichrist eventually turns against
the satanic religious system and the city Rome where it will be based. The
Antichrist grows to hate the religion even though it gave him great power, because
he will grow weary of the demands placed on him by this religion, and also its
failure to meet his enormous expectations as a god. Two sides of Satan's evil will
fight each other. Satan is not as smart as he believes he is, nor as powerful as he
pretends to be. His satanic religious system will be destroyed by his own evil
dictator."
Jill adds: "And so, Satan ends up the bumbling fool as his own man the Antichrist
destroys Satan's religious system, am I right?"
Professor Heathrow: "That's right. Babylon will be completely destroyed by a
combination earthquake and nuclear attack from the Antichrist who was formerly its
benefactor."
Jill: "Thank you Professor Heathrow. Your analysis was very informative. Lengthy,
but informative"
Professor Heathrow: "I am glad you still have your sense of humor, Jill. Very
refreshing, and I appreciate it."
Jill: "So it seems a nuclear explosion will destroy Rome as part of the 7th Bowl
Judgment and the city will become uninhabitable due to the nuclear destruction.
This is nuclear since it discusses sudden and complete destruction, consumption by
fire, can be seen from far off and will occur in �one hour� as discussed in the
coming verses. As always, we will bring you the video when it happens."
Jill ends her broadcast day and prepares to depart for home.
Producer Jack Ford: "So Jill, you are a comedian now?"
Jill: "In the Millennium I will be a stand-up comic. Want to be my Producer?"
Jack: "I will always be by your side.�
CHAPTER 31
ROME BURNS

On a ship in the Mediterranean Sea passing the island of Sicily, a container ship
Captain is below deck giving final instructions to his crew as they head toward
Rome to unload their cargo. They have just returned from a month-long voyage
picking up luxury goods for the elite in Rome. It is a lucrative business, and the
clientele in Rome pays very well for his wares. When it comes to commerce, Rome is
about the only remaining destination for any luxury goods. The rest of the world is
barely surviving, trying to just get a little food and some water. But Rome has
continued its excesses on the backs of the rest of the world, getting rich on the
taxes taken in through the Mark of the Beast program. The container ship has just
rounded the western tip of Sicily is now headed northward. Next stop, Rome.
Just then an enormous sound and wind blast comes across the bow of the ship, and it
rocks vigorously. The windows on the bridge are blown out, and the cargo shifts,
leaving the boat listing to the port-side. The Captain and crew come up out of the
hold to the bridge to see a mushroom cloud ahead of them, obviously above Rome.
There was nothing else it could be. The crew collectively gaze in horror to see the
sight, and think of the destruction. The Captain also knows it means ruin for his
business. He invested everything in this cargo. He is bankrupt. At least his
ship's bow was headed into the explosion, otherwise it would have capsized. The
crew is mostly alive, although the bridge is badly damaged and the crew in it at
the time is gone -- blown overboard. The ship is disabled and listing. He thinks
to himself that given the normal ship traffic, the death toll on the Mediterranean
alone must be over 10,000. But Rome had several million living there. He decides
to stop thinking and see what he can do for his ship and crew.
Ship radio traffic erupts, with emergency distress calls going out everywhere.
Ships sank all over the Mediterranean, and many people are in the water.
Communications are sketchy, as the EMP radiation has disrupted air-wave
communications all over the area. Some web-based communications are operating. But
generally there is chaos.
When Jill Steiner awakes the next morning, she learns the news of the destruction
of Rome by a nuclear explosion. She hurries into the news studio to prepare for her
morning news show. She thinks to herself: "It is all just as the Bible said it
would be."
In the studio she describes the destruction of Rome and its aftermath. Producer
Jack Ford puts up the video.
Jill: "Babylon, which is Rome, was destroyed today by a nuclear attack. It was
targeted by the Western Alliance forces out of Germany. President Antivon gave the
orders himself. He is currently on his way to the Middle East to review the
military forces there."
Jill reads from her book:
Revelation 18:1 �After this I saw another angel coming down from heaven. He had
great authority, and the earth was illuminated by his splendor. 2 With a mighty
voice he shouted: ��Fallen! Fallen is Babylon the Great!�... 8 Therefore in one day
her plagues will overtake her: death, mourning and famine. She will be consumed by
fire, for mighty is the Lord God who judges her...�Woe! Woe to you, great city,
dressed in fine linen, purple and scarlet, and glittering with gold, precious
stones and pearls! 17 In one hour such great wealth has been brought to ruin!� �
"The Bible predicted it would be destroyed "in one hour", showing a nuclear
conflagration. The nuclear destruction and burning will be seen by those in ships
from far off at sea. Those who relied on Babylon for religion and trade will be
horrified, and they will mourn for their own loss of economic benefit."
The international trade and excesses of luxury and wealth will vanish in a flash.
The false economy created by this false religion will crash. Total economic
depression sets in. At this point all semblance of normalcy in the Antichrist�s
kingdom vanishes, and all he has left is to wage war on a grand scale.
The people will focus on what they have lost in trade, not on what this means
spiritually. Those who benefited from the mark of the Beast will now be bankrupted
by it. But they will still refuse to turn to God.
Jill: "The mushroom cloud and smoke were visible from ships all over the north
Atlantic Ocean. While the focus for all who saw the destruction was their economic
ruin, which was tied to Babylon and its religious system through the Mark of the
Beast. They mourn their loss of wealth, but fail to understand why this happened.
This is God's judgment for killing believers who refused to accept the satanic
false religion and refused to take the mark of the Beast."
Jill continues: "Rome falls silent. No music, no tradesmen working, no grain being
milled, no public utilities, no marriage or social life, no commerce or trade, no
worshiping Satan, no more killing of God's believers. The deceit of Satan's
religious system is ended. Only silence remains in Babylon. Let us note
Revelation 19:3 �And again they shouted: �Hallelujah! The smoke from her goes up
for ever and ever.� This suggests that the mushroom cloud over Babylon will be
immortalized as a monument to the victory of God over false religion."
With the destruction of Babylon and Satan's religious system by the 7th Bowl
Judgment, Jesus Christ is now ready to return to earth at His Second Advent,
deliver His people who are under siege, destroy the unbeliever armies massed in
Israel including at Armageddon, finish the actions needed to start the Millennium,
and then assume His rightful place as ruler of the earth during His 1000 year
reign.
Within the next week a series of intense earthquakes occurred. The world seemed to
be at its end. Unbelievers wished for death but could not find it. The world still
refused to look to God as their answer.
CHAPTER 32
INVASION OF NORTH AFRICA

President Antivon is in southern Israel with his troops. He wants to personally

oversee the invasion of his next prize, which will be Africa. He sees the Pyramids
as part of the energy source for the harmonic convergence of the universe. To him
they are aligned in a precise way to collect and disseminate the energy of the
universe to a god, and that would be him. As it was for the Pharaohs, so it would
be for him. He was their heir. He desperately wanted to "own" the Pyramids, and the
rich mineral resources of Africa along with them.
The Western Alliance forces based in Jerusalem headed south into North Africa. The
African nations were no match for the combined military forces of the West, and
fell easily one by one. Egypt, Sudan, Libya and Ethiopia fell first, all within a
week. After a short rest for his troops and new supplies, Antivon was preparing to
order his forces further south into central Africa. He felt the power of the
Pyramids flowing through him. He was invincible.
But unexpected news of a massive Eastern Alliance army marching west toward the
Middle East reached him. At the same time, when the Northern Alliance saw the
Eastern Alliance headed for the Middle East, they sent their forces southward to
cut them off. The Southern Alliance forces from Middle East countries had already
made a surprise advance on Israel, and were now at the border of northern Israel,
leaving their own countries undefended. The armies of the world were all headed
toward Israel.
Infuriated, Antivon ordered his combined Western Alliance military forces to turn
around and head north at full speed to prevent the Northern, Eastern, and Southern
Alliances from trapping his army in Africa. His forces drove hard, and within two
days the bulk of his forces had exited Africa into southern Israel. The three other
Alliances were all within a couple days of entering Israel from various directions,
with the Southern Alliance already massed at the border waiting for the proper
timing to cross over.
Jill Steiner had been reporting on the invasion of Africa, and now turned to
covering the invasion of the Middle East by all four world Alliances. The stage was
set for Armageddon. She quotes from the Old Testament:
Daniel 11:40 �[King of the West � Antichrist] will invade many countries and sweep
through them like a flood. 41 He will also invade the Beautiful Land. Many
countries will fall, but Edom, Moab and the leaders of Ammon [where Jews are in
supernatural hiding] will be delivered from his hand. 42 He will extend his power
over many countries; Egypt will not escape. 43 He will gain control of the
treasures of gold and silver and all the riches of Egypt, with the Libyans and
Cushites in submission. 44 But reports from the east and the north will alarm him,
and he will set out in a great rage to destroy and annihilate many. 45 He will
pitch his royal tents between the seas at the beautiful holy mountain [Jerusalem].
Yet he [Antichrist] will come to his end, and no one will help him.�
Satellite video shows the armies of the world all headed toward northern Israel.
The Western Alliance is headed northward, having just departed from Egypt into
southern Israel. The Eastern Alliance is shown headed through northern Iran and
about to enter Iraq, while the Northern Alliance is headed south through Turkey and
will then make its way through Syria. The Southern Alliance army is in Jordan on
the border with Israel, having left their own countries unprotected as the Eastern
Alliance storms through. They should all converge within the next few days. The
destination for each one of them is northern Israel. They could not attack southern
Israel and Jerusalem directly because the Western Alliance is too strong there.
Within the next several days the armies will all meet at the Jezreel Valley in
northern Israel to do battle on the wide Plain of Esdraelon, near Megiddo, just
south of Nazareth. The valley has become better known by a Hebrew and Greek word
compilation combining "har" and "Megiddo," which means the "Hill of Megiddo,"
forming the word "Armageddon." The stage is set for the bloodiest battle in all
human history.
CHAPTER 33
PREVIEW OF TRUMPET #7 -- WOE #3

With Armageddon and the Second Advent of Christ close at hand, Jill Steiner is in
her news studio telling her audience what is coming next.
Jill: "Six Bowl Judgments and six Trumpet Judgments have been completed. There are
seven of each, so one Bowl and one Trumpet remain. Recall that the first six Bowls
were inserted in between the sixth and seventh Trumpet Judgments, which is the
�Third Woe� which is yet to come. The Third Woe includes events just prior to and
during the Second Advent of Jesus Christ. So the Third Woe includes the last
Trumpet and last Bowl. In other words, all that remains is the Grand Finale, a
combination of the seventh Bowl and seventh Trumpet Judgments."
After a brief pause Jill adds "I can't believe I just said all of that."
Jill continues: "The armies of the world have gathered to attempt to destroy Israel
and the Jews, but instead have ended up facing each other at Armageddon. It is at
this point when the Lord will return. The Second Advent is not so much a single
event as a series of events which occur as Jesus Christ returns and completes the
task of cleansing the earth from evil in preparation for His rule during the
Millennial Kingdom. His first task will be to destroy the assembled armies which
have invaded Israel. Jesus Christ will very soon return to earth at His Second
Advent, deliver His people who are under siege in Israel, destroy the armies of the
four Alliances which are massed at Armageddon, and then assume His rightful place
as Ruler of the earth."
Jill introduces her studio guest: "I have invited Professor Heathrow, Professor of
Biblical Ancient Civilization Studies at the University of Southern California, to
explain what the Bible says is about to happen during this Grand Finale. Welcome
back to the program. Professor Heathrow, according to the Book of Revelation,
Armageddon is only days away. Tell our audience what to expect next."
Professor Heathrow: "I described the timing issue on your show over 3 years ago, so
let us review. The Bible tells us the Tribulation is seven years long consisting
of two equal sections, each exactly 1260 days long. Bible years do not match our
current calendar years, since the ancients measured years by the moon, and a year
was 360 days long, which was twelve complete moon cycles. Of course, our solar
years are 365 days plus one extra day every four years. So 3 1/2 moon-years is 360
x 3.5 which is 1260 days. But days are days, and the Bible says the Tribulation
will last 2 x 1260 equals 2520 days. That is 37 days short of seven solar years,
since we had 2 leap years since the Vanishment. Therefore in solar years the
Tribulation will last a total of 6 years 10 months and 24 days. That means the
Second Advent of Jesus Christ is just 5 days away. And Armageddon happens when the
Lord returns."
Jill: "So Professor, we are just 5 days from Armageddon?"
Professor Heathrow: "Correct. Five days and no more. We will start with an overview
of what leads up to Armageddon and the Second Advent, and then cover the supporting
verses from the Bible in detail to understand why we know these things. Jesus
Christ will return to earth when Satan's four human armies are amassed in Israel,
forming a battle line from the north at Armageddon, going southeast along the
Jordan River Valley into southern Jordan, and extending back over to Jerusalem and
into southern Israel. These armies are intending to destroy each other, and also
the Jewish believers in Israel. At the northernmost part of the battle line in
north Israel is Armageddon (aka the Plain of Megiddo, Esdraelon, or Valley of
Jezreel) where the bulk of the four armies will be located."
"In southern Israel the Jewish believers are fighting the Antichrist's forces. Some
Israeli Resistance troops in Jerusalem will be cut off and in danger of being
annihilated, but the Lord will cover the Antichrist forces with supernatural
darkness for the last hours prior to the Second Advent, preventing the destruction
of the Jewish believers fighting against him. This will be the second time this
darkness is used by the Lord to create an impenetrable darkness where artificial
lights will be of no use, so the unbeliever armies and their sophisticated weapons
of war, many of which rely on using the electromagnetic spectrum such as fiber
optics, microwave, GPS and other technologies, will be immobilized by it. Then the
whole world will be darkened during the last day, and while it is still dark,
without warning there will be blinding light and angelic trumpets, and the Lord
returns to deliver His people who are in great jeopardy."
"Jesus Christ first comes down to southern Israel (Judah) to defend the Jewish
believers there, since they are in the most danger once the supernatural darkness
is lifted by the Second Advent. Then He will go to Jerusalem and literally stand on
the Mount of Olives east of Jerusalem and split it in half with an earthquake,
allowing the Jewish remnant of believers fighting in Jerusalem to escape using the
newly formed valley through the middle of the Mount of Olives. As the Jewish
believers are empowered by the Lord, they begin to wipe out the unbeliever armies
in southern Israel, then these Jewish fighters come to the aid of those fighting in
Jerusalem. The Lord also brings panic and confusion on the enemy forces, causing
them to turn on each other. Once southern Israel and Jerusalem are secure, the Lord
proceeds to work His way up from the south, wiping out the unbeliever armies
amassed all along the Jordan border with Israel where the Jewish believers who had
fled at the Midpoint of the Tribulation are in hiding. He then goes up along the
Jordan River, wiping out the forces massed along it. Finally, the Lord attacks the
unbeliever armies of the four kings at Armageddon where they have gathered to fight
each other."
"Upon seeing the Lord, these four armies stop fighting each other and turn instead
to fight against Him. At that point they are annihilated by a single word from the
mouth of Jesus Christ, the world war ends, and all Tribulation Bowl and Trumpet
Judgments are complete. All elect angels and resurrected believers from Heaven ride
along with Him, but do not participate in the destruction. The Lord needs no help,
although He allows the Jewish believers fighting in and around Jerusalem to have
their victory over the unbeliever armies which had sacked Jerusalem. The end of the
world war sets the stage for Jesus Christ to claim His rightful position as ruler
of the earth from Satan who usurped the position at the fall of Adam in the Garden
of Eden.
Jill: "What are some of the supporting Bible verses for what you just described
will happen?"
Professor Heathrow continues: "Daniel 11 reveals some of the maneuvering of the
four Tribulation armies of the North, South, East, and West, which will all
converge on the Middle East, and Israel in particular, to attempt to kill the Jews
and fight the Lord as He returns:
Daniel 11:40 �At the time of the end the king of the South will engage him [the
King of the West � Antichrist] in battle, and the king of the North will storm out
against him [the Antichrist] with chariots and cavalry and a great fleet of ships.
He [the Antichrist is now every �he�, �him� and �his� in these verses] will invade
many countries and sweep through them like a flood. 41 He will also invade the
Beautiful Land. Many countries will fall, but Edom, Moab and the leaders of Ammon
[where Jews are in supernatural hiding] will be delivered from his hand. 42 He
will extend his power over many countries... 44 But reports from the east and the
north will alarm him [the other three Alliance armies advancing toward Israel], and
he will set out in a great rage to destroy and annihilate many. 45 He will pitch
his royal tents between the seas and the beautiful holy mountain [Jerusalem]. Yet
he [the Antichrist] will come to his end, and no one will help him.�
"Then the Book of Joel describes the return of the Lord and the destruction of the
four armies massed at Armageddon:"
Joel 3:11 �Come quickly, all you nations from every side, and assemble there. Bring
down your warriors, LORD! 12 �Let the nations be roused; let them advance into the
Valley of Jehoshaphat [near Jerusalem], for there I will sit to judge all the
nations on every side. 13 Swing the sickle, for the harvest is ripe. Come, trample
the grapes, for the winepress is full and the vats overflow�so great is their
wickedness!� 14 Multitudes, multitudes in the valley of decision! For the day of
the LORD [Second Advent] is near in the valley of decision. 15 The sun and moon
will be darkened, and the stars no longer shine [on the day of the Second Advent].
Professor Heathrow continues: "As we have seen, just prior to the Second Advent
there will be supernatural darkness over the entire earth. This worldwide darkness
follows the darkness covering only the Antichrist's empire and military forces
caused by the 5th Bowl Judgment."
Jill interjects to Professor Heathrow: "Professor, what does the Book of Revelation
say specifically about the return of the Lord and Armageddon?"
Professor Heathrow: "Some of the important verses are as follows:"
Revelation 19:11 �I saw heaven standing open and there before me was a white horse,
whose rider is called Faithful and True. With justice he judges and wages war.�
"During the Second Advent of Christ, Jesus Christ returns as a Warrior-King to
deliver His people, eliminate the degeneracy on the earth, further avenge the
killing of believers during the Tribulation, and establish His Millennial Kingdom
on earth. As Jesus said in the Book of Matthew, everyone on earth will see His
coming:"
�For as lightning that comes from the east is visible even in the west, so will be
the coming of the Son of Man. 28 Wherever there is a carcass, there the vultures
will gather. 29 Immediately after the distress of those days ��the sun will be
darkened, and the moon will not give its light; the stars will fall from the sky,
and the heavenly bodies will be shaken.� 30 Then will appear the sign of the Son
of Man in heaven [after total darkness]. And then all the peoples [unbelievers] of
the earth will mourn when they see the Son of Man coming on the clouds of heaven,
with power and great glory. 31 And he will send his angels with a loud trumpet
call, and they will gather his elect [dead Old Testament and Tribulation believers
resurrected] from the four winds, from one end of the heavens to the other.�
"Zechariah 14 covers the battle in and around Jerusalem which is ongoing when the
Lord returns. The Israeli Resistance will be fighting the forces of the
Antichrist. The battle will not be going well for the Resistance fighters, and the
Lord will turn that around:"
"Zechariah says: "Then the LORD will go out and fight against those nations, as he
fights on a day of battle. 4 On that day [Second Advent] his feet will stand on
the Mount of Olives, east of Jerusalem, and the Mount of Olives will be split in
two from east to west, forming a great valley, with half of the mountain moving
north and half moving south. 5 You [believer Jews in Jerusalem] will flee by my
mountain valley [pathway newly formed by the earthquake], for it will extend to
Azel [outside Jerusalem city limits]. You will flee as you fled from the earthquake
in the days of Uzziah king of Judah. Then the LORD my God will come [Second
Advent], and all the holy ones with him [all believers in resurrection bodies, and
all elect angels]. 6 On that day there will be neither sunlight nor cold, frosty
darkness. 7 It will be a unique day�a day known only to the LORD�with no
distinction between day and night [supernatural darkness]. When evening comes,
there will be light [at the return of Christ]. 12
This is the plague with which the LORD will strike all the nations that fought
against Jerusalem: Their flesh will rot while they are still standing on their
feet, their eyes will rot in their sockets, and their tongues will rot in their
mouths. 13 On that day [Second Advent] people will be stricken by the LORD with
great panic. They will seize each other by the hand and attack one another. 14
Judah [Jewish believers from outside Jerusalem] too will fight at Jerusalem.�
Professor Heathrow continues: "Zechariah prophesied about the Second Advent and how
the very first act of the Lord will be to help the Jews fighting in southern Israel
(Judah), followed by deliverance of the Jewish believers trapped in Jerusalem. As a
result these Jews will become empowered to defeat the attacking army of the
Antichrist during the time of the Second Advent:"
�Then the LORD will appear over them; his arrow will flash like lightning. The
Sovereign LORD will sound the trumpet; he will march in the storms of the south, 15
and the LORD Almighty will shield them. They will destroy and overcome with
slingstones. They will drink and roar as with wine; they will be full like a bowl
used for sprinkling the corners of the altar. 16 The LORD their God will save his
people on that day.�
"The Jewish believers in southern Israel will fight with extreme enthusiasm as the
Lord shields them and also brings panic and confusion on the unbeliever armies. The
Jewish forces are enabled by the Lord to accomplish incredible feats of daring,
bravery, and skill as warriors. They will destroy the enemy outside Jerusalem, then
will go do the same in Jerusalem. The Lord could do this Himself, but He allows the
Jewish believers to have their own victory over their oppressors who have killed so
many of their friends and compatriots.
Revenge belongs to the Lord, but He sometimes shares it for specific purposes.
Zechariah continues:"
�The LORD, who stretches out the heavens, who lays the foundation of the earth, and
who forms the human spirit within a person, declares: 2 �I am going to make
Jerusalem a cup that sends all the surrounding peoples reeling. Judah will be
besieged as well as Jerusalem. 3 On that day, when all the nations of the earth are
gathered against her, I will make Jerusalem an immovable rock for all the nations.
All who try to move it will injure themselves. 4 On that day I will strike every
horse with panic and its rider with madness,� declares the LORD. �I will keep a
watchful eye over Judah, but I will blind all the horses of the nations
[supernatural darkness]. 5 Then the clans of Judah will say in their hearts, �The
people of Jerusalem are strong, because the LORD Almighty is their God.� 6 �On
that day I will make the clans of Judah like a firepot in a woodpile, like a
flaming torch among sheaves. They will consume all the surrounding peoples right
and left, but Jerusalem will remain intact in her place. 7 �The LORD will save the
dwellings of Judah first [first act of the Second Advent is in southern Israel
outside of Jerusalem], so that the honor of the house of David and of Jerusalem�s
inhabitants may not be greater than that of Judah [those Jewish believers in
southern Israel but outside Jerusalem]. 8 On that day the LORD will shield those
who live in Jerusalem, so that the feeblest among them will be like David, and the
house of David will be like God, like the angel of the LORD going before them
[Jewish believers will be fierce warriors]. 9 On that day I will set out to destroy
all the nations that attack Jerusalem.�
"And finally Isaiah talks about Armageddon:"
Isaiah 34:1 �Come near, you nations, and listen; pay attention, you peoples! Let
the earth hear, and all that is in it, the world, and all that comes out of it! 2
The LORD is angry with all nations; his wrath is on all their armies. He will
totally destroy them, he will give them over to slaughter. 3 Their slain will be
thrown out, their dead bodies will stink; the mountains will be soaked with their
blood. 4 All the stars in the sky will be dissolved and the heavens rolled up like
a scroll [nuclear warfare among the four Kings' armies]; all the starry host will
fall like withered leaves from the vine, like shriveled figs from the fig tree. 5
My sword has drunk its fill in the heavens; see, it descends in judgment on Edom
[western Jordan], the people I have totally destroyed [where enemy armies are
massed along the Jordan River Valley]...6 For the LORD has a sacrifice in Bozrah
and a great slaughter in the land of Edom [both located along the Jordan River
Valley]...8 For the LORD has a day of vengeance, a year of retribution, to uphold
Zion�s cause.�
Professor Heathrow: "Isaiah goes on to say: �Who is this coming from Edom, from
Bozrah [southeast of the Dead Sea in Jordan], with his garments stained crimson?
[The Lord has annihilated the armies massed along the Jordan border with Israel]
Who is this, robed in splendor, striding forward [to finish the task at Armageddon]
in the greatness of his strength? �It is I [Jesus Christ at Second Advent],
proclaiming victory, mighty to save.� 2 Why are your garments red, like those of
one treading the winepress? 3 �I have trodden the winepress alone; from the nations
no one was with me. I trampled them in my anger and trod them down in my wrath;
their blood spattered my garments, and I stained all my clothing. 4 It was for me
the day of vengeance; the year for me to redeem had come 6 I trampled the nations
in my anger; in my wrath I made them drunk and poured their blood on the ground.�
Professor Heathrow continues: "And finally from Joel again:"
Joel 3:16 The LORD will roar from Zion and thunder from Jerusalem [during Second
Advent]; the earth and the heavens will tremble. But the LORD will be a refuge for
his people, a stronghold for the people of Israel.�
"From these Old Testament passages we can piece together the path the Lord will
take during the Second Advent. There are probably at least 100 million unbelievers
engaged in these battles when the Lord returns, and they will all be killed,
starting with the Antichrist's forces in southern Israel (Judah) outside of
Jerusalem, then those in and around Jerusalem, followed by the enemies of Israel
massed along the Jordan border southeast of the Dead Sea (Bozrah), then finally the
remainder at Armageddon. The Lord accomplishes most of the slaughter of the
unbeliever armies, but also empowers believer Jews to fight and defeat their
enemies, especially in southern Israel (Judah) and around Jerusalem."
Jill: "So let me try to summarize, Professor. At the Second Advent Jesus Christ
will engage in four separate battles, not just one battle at Armageddon in northern
Israel. The four battles will be:
1) Southern Israel, also called Judah: The Lord starts by delivering the Jewish
believers fighting the Antichrist forces in southern Israel outside of Jerusalem.
These Jews will be in immediate peril and must be delivered first.
2) Then He goes to Jerusalem where He will stand on the Mount of Olives just east
of Jerusalem and cause an earthquake, creating a valley through the Mount so that
the Jewish believers trapped in Jerusalem will escape.
3) After that, He goes to the border between Israel and Jordan along the Jordan
River and destroys the Antichrist forces along that border and near Bozrah, Jordan
-- also called Edom, Moab and Ammon -- where the Jewish believers who fled Israel
at mid-Tribulation have been hiding.
4) And finally Christ goes to northern Israel where the world's four Alliance
armies are massed at Armageddon, and He destroys all remaining enemy forces of the
Kings of the North, South, East, and West. So Armageddon is the Grand Finale."
Professor Heathrow: "Exactly right, Jill. Could not have stated it better myself."
Jill: "Thank you, Professor. We will be right back......" After a few seconds Jill
realizes there are no longer any advertisements, and nothing to fill in the gaps.
The news studio has devolved into just two people doing something because they want
to. No one is getting paid to perform the work. There are no businesses supporting
the news. There is no economy remaining, only the "cash market" where a few basic
items are sold at very high prices.
Otherwise, everyone is just waiting, although most do not know what they are
waiting for. But they wait anyway. LA has become an empty shell of its former self.
Jill is surprised there is still electricity to power her show. She pulls out one
of her last remaining bottles of water and takes a small sip. There are only a few
remaining, and nowhere to buy more.
CHAPTER 34
THE TWO WITNESSES KILLED

Jill Steiner and Jack Ford have gone to a 24 hour format. She takes short breaks
and naps as she can, while Jack rolls video which comes in at a steady pace. Her
news is still number one in the world, but the world has a lot fewer people than it
did a couple years ago. She wonders how many are still watching. It must be a
large percentage of those remaining since video keeps coming in from all over the
world. It is far more than Jack can process.
Jill: "The world is within a few days of Armageddon. During these next several
days, events will move very quickly, especially in Israel."
Producer Jack Ford tells Jill there is something happening in Jerusalem. He puts up
live video from Jerusalem where Moses and Elijah are about to speak near the
Temple.
Jill: "Let's look at the live video feed from Jerusalem shared by a viewer:"
Moses and Elijah are shown making their way to the Temple Square to address the
crowd gathered there. Moses begins: "The end is near for the forces of evil. Our
job here on earth -- our second time here -- is now finished. We will return to our
home for now, and word of our deaths will be reported everywhere. This must happen.
But we will return for a third time in a few days. Those of you who believe in the
Lord will soon see this world changed into a paradise after the Lord returns and
eliminates the forces of evil. For those who are not believers in the Lord, this is
your final chance to believe in Him and accept the free gift of salvation provided
through the Lord Jesus Christ. This is our final message."
After they finish, Jill reads from Revelation 11:
Revelation 11:7 �Now when they have finished their testimony, the beast that comes
up from the Abyss will attack them, and overpower and kill them. 8 Their bodies
will lie in the public square of the great city�which is figuratively called Sodom
and Egypt�where also their Lord was crucified. 9 For three and a half days some
from every people, tribe, language and nation will gaze on their bodies and refuse
them burial. 10 The inhabitants of the earth will gloat over them and will
celebrate by sending each other gifts, because these two prophets had tormented
those who live on the earth.�
As Moses and Elijah finish speaking, a dark shadowy figure looms large above them.
Moses looks up and declares "Do what you must! Your doom is very near, and you
cannot escape it." With that, Moses and Elijah fall dead on the Temple Square.
The scene is viewed live around the world, and Jill's coverage is the most watched.
As the two fall, the close-in crowd made up mainly of believers, becomes silent.
But after a few moments those farther back break out in cheers, celebrating the
death of Moses and Elijah. World leaders are quick to join the celebration.
President Antivon, who is traveling with the Western Alliance military forces
headed toward northern Israel, stops to provide an interview about the event with a
local reporter. Jill picks up the live video feed and airs it on her show:
President Antivon: "This is a great day for people of the earth. These two have
been a source of much pain for people everywhere. Their bigoted views that there is
only one God were outdated. Now they are dead and gone. Good! I declare this a day
of celebration, and extra rations will be provided, along with extra water. Our
people have been starved and are thirsty because these two held back the rain from
falling. Crops failed, and after the other disasters happened the rain was the only
source of drinking water. We are finally rid of these two. So let the celebration
begin!"
The LANX coverage shows video feeds of large crowds gathering in several locations
around the world, celebrating the death of Moses and Elijah. After showing the
celebrations, Jill reads to the audience from her book regarding the death of Moses
and Elijah:
"As the Second Advent nears and their witnessing is complete, God allows one of the
senior demons who had come out of the Abyss (Abaddon) to kill them both. Their
corpses will lay in the streets of spiritually bankrupt and degenerate Jerusalem �
like Egypt and Sodom of old -- for 3 � days and no one will bury them. Their deaths
will be a cause for great celebration among the unbelieving populace, especially
among the false religious leaders who hated them for opposing their idolatry. But
their celebration will soon turn into shock, panic and intense fear.
Jill tells her audience there will soon be an earthquake in Jerusalem. Within the
hour it happens. As the crowds in Jerusalem are shown celebrating in the streets of
Jerusalem, an enormous earthquake hits the city. There is severe damage, and
buildings fall everywhere. Many are killed and injured.
After airing the video showing widespread destruction in Jerusalem, Jill reads:
Revelation 11:13 �At that very hour there was a severe earthquake and a tenth of
the city collapsed. Seven thousand people were killed in the earthquake, and the
survivors were terrified and gave glory to the God of heaven.�
Then Jill reads from her book:
"At the time the two witnesses are taken up into Heaven, Jerusalem is devastated by
a large earthquake and 7000 die instantly... Now these Jewish believers begin to
celebrate, and are the ones who �give glory to the God of heaven.� More about the
earthquake issue later. Some unbelievers convert due to the event, but most do not.
This is essentially the last chance they will have to change their minds about
Christ and be saved."
Jill ends with "It is three days until Armageddon and the Second Advent of Jesus
Christ. We will see Moses and Elijah again on that final day.�
CHAPTER 35
THE BATTLE IN ISRAEL

Israeli Resistance fighters under General Dayan are on the move. The forces of the
Antichrist are determined to eliminate the Israeli Resistance, and they have set
out to destroy the remaining two groups under General Dayan and General Gurian.
The secret location of the Israeli Resistance near Bethlehem had been discovered,
so they were forced to relocate. They chose a new location west of Bethlehem, and
just 15 miles southwest of Jerusalem. During the troop movement a portion of the
Israeli Resistance forces under General Gurian went northward toward Jerusalem for
supplies, but were cut off from returning to the main group and were forced to head
into enemy territory on the outskirts of southern Jerusalem, where they engaged the
Western forces. The fighting was not going well for these Israeli Resistance
troops in Jerusalem, but General Dayan could not get help to them. He had his own
issues with Western troops on his heels trying to catch up with him as he headed
westward to set up a new encampment, which at this point seemed unlikely to happen.
There seemed to be no direction they could go without engaging Western troops.
Both General Dayan's and General Gurian's Israeli Resistance troops were trapped.
The two groups of Israeli Resistance forces under the command of Generals Dayan and
Gurian engaged the enemy as best they could. Mainly they tried to avoid head-on
confrontations, and instead used short incursions to make small gains here and
there. They fought the forces of the Antichrist bravely, but their prospects of
getting out alive seemed slim, humanly, speaking. But they knew they would be
delivered in just a few days.
Both Generals knew the Bible prophecies about the end of the Tribulation. Zechariah
prophesied about the Second Advent and how the very first act of the Lord will be
to help the Jews fighting in southern Israel outside Jerusalem, followed by
deliverance of the Jewish believers trapped inside Jerusalem. As a result these
Jewish Resistance fighters will become empowered to defeat the attacking army of
the Antichrist during the time of the Second Advent. As Zechariah prophesied, Judah
(southern Israel) will be besieged as well as Jerusalem. Then when all the nations
of the earth are gathered against Israel "the Lord will return and strike every
horse with panic and its rider with madness...I will keep a watchful eye over
Judah, but I will blind all the horses of the nations [supernatural darkness]." The
Generals told their troops to watch for the supernatural darkness, which would
blind the enemy forces but not the Israeli forces, and allow them to attack the
enemy and overpower them while they are blinded.
The LORD will save those in southern Israel outside of Jerusalem first, then He
will set out to destroy all the nations that attack Jerusalem. The two Generals
reassured their troops: "As Moses told the people of Israel when they were trapped
against the Red Sea, and all seemed hopeless: "Stand still and watch the
deliverance of the Lord!�
CHAPTER 36
THE SECOND ADVENT

In Jerusalem near the Temple the bodies of Moses and Elijah had been lying in the
street for three days while many came to look and scoff and celebrate their death.
The unbelieving world was glad to be rid of them. They constantly reminded them
that their days on earth would be short, and then they would spend eternity in the
Lake of Fire. World leaders saw the two as getting in their way. Their message was
seen as no longer valid in a modern world.
The witnesses were despised, and the authorities would not let them be buried. They
wanted the world to watch their bodies rot in the street where they had died.
Jill Steiner now remains in the studio 24 hours per day. She does not want to miss
a thing, so she sleeps in small segments at the studio. She told her audience
earlier this morning to watch the bodies of Moses and Elijah today, because they
would see something spectacular.
And they did.
A viewer in Jerusalem who was an avid follower of Jill Steiner's news kept a live
video feed going from just before sunrise. Of course, Jack Ford kept the video on
screen full time, sometimes side by side with other video coming into the studio.
In Jerusalem at sunrise, Moses and Elijah suddenly stood up. A few standing by
cheered. They knew it was coming. But most were horrified to see the rotting
corpses, which had been stinking from lying three days in the sun, alive and whole
again. As the world watched Moses and Elijah, now alive again for a third time, the
pair raised their hands toward the sky and departed upward in a cloud.
As the two were standing there, Jill read to her audience: "As it says in
Revelation 11: �But after the three and a half days the breath of life from God
entered them, and they stood on their feet, and terror struck those who saw them.
12 Then they heard a loud voice from heaven saying to them, �Come up here.� And
they went up to heaven in a cloud, while their enemies looked on.�
Jill continues: "Resuscitated once again, the two show the power of God to an evil
world, then are taken up into Heaven as the world watched in disbelief and horror.
That spectacular event is a signal that the seventh Trumpet is about to begin. They
are resuscitated on the day the Lord returns. Today is that day, the Day of the
Lord. The Second Advent of Christ."
Jill reads from her book, as she has done so often. It has never let her down:
"The Second Advent of Christ is the 3rd Woe and includes the seventh Trumpet and
the seventh Bowl. The armies of the world will gather to attempt to destroy Israel
and the Jews, and will end up facing each other at Armageddon, at which point the
Lord returns. The Second Advent is not so much a single event as a series of events
which occur as Jesus Christ returns and completes the task of cleansing the earth
from evil in preparation for His rule during the Millennial Kingdom...At the Second
Advent He returns to deliver the earth from Satan's rule and arrives as a Warrior-
King, judging the guilty and avenging the death of those believers killed by these
evil people, and destroys the armies attempting to slaughter Jewish believers in
Jerusalem and throughout Israel. His warrior role is primarily aimed at the final
defeat of Satan and his demons, but degenerate mankind will join Satan�s cause,
making them also the objects of His vengeance."
Jill reviews the current status: "The Antichrist and his Western Alliance army has
invaded Israel attempting to destroy it. God has also pulled the other three
Alliance armies of the Kings of the North, South, and East into northern Israel to
set up one final battle at Armageddon, and also to distract and frustrate the
Antichrist's forces (King of the West) as they attempt to kill all remaining Jews
in Israel. The Antichrist's armies are now split into four parts located in
southern Israel, Jerusalem, the Israel/Jordan border, and the Jezreel Valley in
northern Israel.
Jack Ford shows video from southern Israel where Western Alliance forces have been
trying to wipe out the Israeli Resistance forces under Generals Dayan and Gurian,
who are bravely fighting the Western Alliance forces. President Antivon has given
his hardened troops orders to wipe out all Jewish fighters, and take no prisoners.
The battle was not going well for the Israeli Resistance. It was at this hopeless
point when the darkness came, and the video turned blank, but the audio remained.
Jack was confused for a moment, but then Jill explained to her audience:
"We are now seeing the second supernatural darkness supplied by the Lord to shield
his people. It affects only the Western Alliance forces while the Israeli
Resistance forces will be able to see clearly."
Back in southern Israel General Dayan recognized what was happening, and it was
just as Zechariah had prophesied. His troops could see clearly, but the Western
Alliance forces of the Antichrist were blinded by the darkness. He ordered his
troops to attack. This was for Jerusalem. This was for the imprisonment of Jews
captured and sent to concentration camps. This was for revenge.
The tide of the battle turned, as the blinded Western Alliance forces could not see
or detect the Israeli Resistance troops as they engaged them. These were the
hardened evil forces which had ransacked Jerusalem and taken their fellow Jews into
captivity, sending them out of Israel into concentration camps. The Israeli
Resistance forces under the command of Generals Dayan and Gurian are fighting with
great enthusiasm as the Lord shields them while the blinded Western Alliance troops
mostly fight each other because the Lord brought panic and confusion on them. The
Jewish forces are enabled by the Lord to accomplish incredible feats of daring,
bravery, and skill as warriors. They will first finish the task of destroying the
enemy outside Jerusalem, then will go do the same inside Jerusalem. The Lord could
do this Himself, but He allows the Jewish believers to have their own victory over
their oppressors who have killed so many of their friends and compatriots. Revenge
belongs to the Lord, but He sometimes shares it for specific purposes.
It was as Zechariah had prophesied:
Zechariah 9:15 �And the LORD Almighty will shield them. They will destroy and
overcome with slingstones. They will drink and roar as with wine; they will be full
like a bowl used for sprinkling the corners of the altar. 16 The LORD their God
will save his people on that day.�
Jack Ford then runs another video of satellite footage showing the four Alliance
armies are in place in the Jezreel Valley of northern Israel. There does not seem
to be much movement, as all sides seem to be waiting for something to happen.
Jill: "The stage is set, as it says in Revelation 16.
�Then they gathered the kings together to the place that in Hebrew is called
Armageddon.�
"While we are waiting for that Grand Finale, let me provide an overview from my
book The Future Times which has served us so well over the past seven years:"
"At the Second Advent, Jesus Christ will return to earth when Satan's four human
armies are amassed in Israel, forming a battle line from the north at Armageddon,
going southeast along the Jordan River Valley, and extending to Jerusalem and
southern Israel. These armies are intending to destroy the Jewish believers in
Israel, many of whom are trapped in their last remaining stronghold in a portion of
Jerusalem. At the northernmost part of the battle line in north Israel is
Armageddon (aka the Plain of Megiddo or Esdraelon; Valley of Jezreel) where the
bulk of the four armies will be located. The Jewish believers fighting the
Antichrist troops in Jerusalem are cut off and in danger of being annihilated, but
the Lord covers the Antichrist forces with supernatural darkness for the last
several days prior to the Second Advent, preventing the destruction of the Jewish
believers fighting against him. This will be an impenetrable darkness where
artificial lights will be of no use, so the unbeliever armies and their
sophisticated weapons of war, many of which rely on using the electromagnetic
spectrum such as fiber optics, microwave, GPS and other technologies, will be
immobilized by it. Then the whole world will be darkened during the last day, and
while it is still dark, without warning there will be blinding light and angelic
trumpets, and the Lord returns to deliver His people who are in great jeopardy.
Jesus Christ first comes down to southern Israel (Judah) to defend the Jewish
believers there, since they are in the most danger once the supernatural darkness
is lifted by the Second Advent. Then He will go to Jerusalem and literally stand on
the Mount of Olives east of Jerusalem and split it in half with an earthquake,
allowing the Jewish remnant of believers fighting in Jerusalem to escape using the
newly formed valley through the middle of the Mount of Olives. As the Jewish
believers are empowered by the Lord, they begin to wipe out the unbeliever armies
in southern Israel, then these Jewish fighters come to the aid of those fighting in
Jerusalem. The Lord also brings panic and confusion on the enemy forces, causing
them to turn on each other. Once southern Israel and Jerusalem are secure, the Lord
proceeds to work His way up from the south, wiping out the unbeliever armies
amassed all along the Jordan border with Israel where the Jewish believers who had
fled at the Midpoint of the Tribulation are in hiding. Finally, He attacks the
unbeliever armies of the four kings at Armageddon where they have gathered to fight
each other. Upon seeing the Lord, these four armies stop fighting each other and
turn instead to fight against Him. At that point they are annihilated by a word
from the mouth of Jesus Christ and the world war ends, and all Tribulation Bowl and
Trumpet Judgments are complete. All elect angels and resurrected believers from
Heaven ride along with Him, but do not participate in the destruction. The Lord
needs no help, although He allows the Jewish believers fighting in and around
Jerusalem to have their victory over the unbeliever armies which had sacked
Jerusalem. The end of the world war sets the stage for Jesus Christ to claim His
rightful position as ruler of the earth from Satan who usurped the position at the
fall of Adam in the Garden of Eden."
Jill is reporting as the scene unfolds:
Jill: "The world's four great Alliances are gathered together for battle at a place
called by many names. It has been called the Valley of Jezreel, the Plains of
Esdraelon, and the Valley of Megiddo. It is otherwise known as the ancient site of
Mount Megiddo, translated as "Armageddon." It is an eye shaped valley 25 miles
long and about 6 miles wide at the center. The pupil would be the city of Afula.
At the eyelash area is Nazareth, the boyhood home of Jesus Christ.
"Is it only a coincidence that the world has long viewed "Armageddon" as the
ultimate battle leading to total destruction? I think not. The boy from Nazareth,
who became the Lord of the Universe, is coming home."
Jill continues: "Friends, let me be very clear. If you are not a believer in the
Lord Jesus Christ, you are on the wrong side of history. The forces gathered
together at Megiddo are about to be wiped out. All of them. In one instant. The
Lord is coming back. He will destroy the forces gathered at Megiddo."
"The Bible says "every eye will see Him." We are very close to that moment. The
"Great Tribulation" is about to end, and it will end with the slaughter of evil. If
you are on their side, you will not be delivered. I do not have anything else to
say to you. I have said what there is to say...so we now wait for the return of the
Lord."
With that said, Jill looks at the video screen and waits. The screen shows the
forces of the world milling around, seemingly waiting for someone to give an order.
The world waits. No one does anything except to watch and wait. Most of the world's
people are starving, thirsty, sleep-deprived, and have very painful red sores, now
thoroughly infected from the endless scratching. There is no economy. There are no
jobs. There is no recreation. But believers are doing well because of divine
protection, although everyone suffers from the effects of the disasters and
judgments. But those who took the Mark suffered just as unbelievers did.
While waiting, Jill Steiner wants her audience to know that for believers, the
future is very bright:
"In summary of what the Millennium will be like, it is the Kingdom which Christ
will rule for 1000 years, with His throne located in Jerusalem. It will be a time
of perfect environment on the earth. All Jews will be regathered into a much
larger nation of Israel. Jerusalem will be raised up as a mountain higher than any
other on earth. We see that after the Tribulation the Lord will heal the earth
since it will be in terrible shape. The destruction which occurred will be
repaired, and the earth will also be changed such as the flattening of mountains,
few islands and so forth. Satan and fallen angels will not be on the earth to try
to influence man and world events. Humans in resurrection bodies will be on the
earth as rulers over the humans who are living out their natural lives. Elect
angels will also live on the earth. Plant life will be restored and also tamed.
Animals will no longer be wild or eat each other. The seas and sea life will be
restored and will thrive. The sun and moon, afflicted during the Tribulation, will
be made whole again. Barren land and deserts will bloom. The earth will be very
friendly to mankind and will easily provide much bounty."
Producer Jack Ford tells the staff to keep the live video feed from Jezreel on
screen. An hour passes, and then another. The screen shows the forces continuing to
mill around. It is now almost sunset in the Jezreel Valley.
Suddenly a bright flash of light occurs in the atmosphere circling the entire
earth. It is seen around the world. In the atmosphere above Israel there is much
activity, looking like an army of clouds moving quickly from place to place, first
to southern Israel, then far south Israel, and then above the Jordan River. At that
point the army of clouds moves up along the Jordan River toward northern Israel.
Jill reads from her book:
Isaiah 63:1 �Who is this coming from Edom, from Bozrah [southeast of the Dead Sea
in Jordan], with his garments stained crimson? [The Lord has annihilated the armies
massed along the Jordan border with Israel] Who is this, robed in splendor,
striding forward [to finish the task at Armageddon] in the greatness of his
strength? �It is I [Jesus Christ at Second Advent], proclaiming victory, mighty to
save.� 2 Why are your garments red, like those of one treading the winepress? 3 �I
have trodden the winepress alone; from the nations no one was with me. I trampled
them in my anger and trod them down in my wrath; their blood spattered my garments,
and I stained all my clothing. 4 It was for me the day of vengeance; the year for
me to redeem had come 6 I trampled the nations in my anger; in my wrath I made
them drunk and poured their blood on the ground.�
Joel 3:16 "The LORD will roar from Zion and thunder from Jerusalem [during Second
Advent]; the earth and the heavens will tremble. But the LORD will be a refuge for
his people, a stronghold for the people of Israel.�
These Old Testament passages show the path the Lord will take during the Second
Advent, starting with the Antichrist's forces in southern Israel (Judah) outside of
Jerusalem, then those in and around Jerusalem, followed by the enemies of Israel
massed along the Jordan border southeast of the Dead Sea (Bozrah), then finally the
remainder at Armageddon and anywhere else in Israel.
The armies of Heaven are the "clouds" which can be seen above Israel. It includes
all elect angels plus those believers who were taken up at the Rapture nearly seven
years ago. Those taken up in the Vanishment have returned. The returning believers
are in their final status as eternally sanctified in resurrection bodies and each
one is more powerful than any angel ever was, including Satan, yet they do no
fighting. Only Jesus Christ has earned the right to be the Judge and to execute
these intense judgments.
Revelation 19:15 �Coming out of his mouth is a sharp sword with which to strike
down the nations. �He will rule them with an iron scepter.� He treads the
winepress of the fury of the wrath of God Almighty. 16 On his robe and on his
thigh he has this name written: KING OF KINGS AND LORD OF LORDS.�
Isaiah 34:1 �Come near, you nations, and listen; pay attention, you peoples! Let
the earth hear, and all that is in it, the world, and all that comes out of it! 2
The LORD is angry with all nations; his wrath is on all their armies. He will
totally destroy them, he will give them over to slaughter. 3 Their slain will be
thrown out, their dead bodies will stink; the mountains will be soaked with their
blood. 4 All the stars in the sky will be dissolved and the heavens rolled up like
a scroll [nuclear warfare among the four Kings' armies]; all the starry host will
fall like withered leaves from the vine, like shriveled figs from the fig tree. 5
My sword has drunk its fill in the heavens; see, it descends in judgment on Edom
[western Jordan], the people I have totally destroyed [where enemy armies are
massed along the Jordan River Valley]. 6 The sword of the LORD is bathed in blood,
it is covered with fat�the blood of lambs and goats, fat from the kidneys of rams.
For the LORD has a sacrifice in Bozrah and a great slaughter in the land of Edom
[both located along the Jordan River Valley]. 7 And the wild oxen will fall with
them, the bull calves and the great bulls. Their land will be drenched with blood,
and the dust will be soaked with fat. 8 For the LORD has a day of vengeance, a year
of retribution, to uphold Zion�s cause.�
The Israeli Resistance fighters under General Dayan have completely defeated the
Western Alliance forces of the Antichrist in southern Judah, and enter Jerusalem to
help General Gurian's forces trapped inside the city. They merge their forces just
as a great earthquake occurs, splitting the Mount of Olives and creating a new
valley through which the Israeli Resistance forces escape out of Jerusalem toward
the east.
General Dayan looks back through the newly formed valley to see the remaining
Western Alliance forces enter the other end of the valley, and coming toward them.
Once the forces are all inside the valley, the walls of earth from the Mount of
Olives fall in on them and they are killed. Every last one of them.
The two Generals count heads as they make their final escape out of the newly
formed valley. Not one has been killed or even wounded in all the fighting over the
past 24 hours. The troops look skyward to see the army of clouds proceeding
northward.
General Dayan stops his troops and tells them: "Today we have been given a great
victory by the Lord. It is He who delivered us in southern Israel today, and it
was He who split the Mount of Olives for our escape. It was He who covered the
enemy troops with earth as He had covered the Egyptian army with the Red Sea during
the time of Moses. He then quoted from Psalm 21 "Your hand will lay hold on all
your enemies; your right hand will seize your foes.
When you appear for battle, you will burn them up as in a blazing furnace. The LORD
will swallow them up in his wrath, and his fire will consume them."
Jill continues reading from her book and quoting from the Bible to fill the time
between events.
Matt 24:27 �For as lightning that comes from the east is visible even in the west,
so will be the coming of the Son of Man... 29 Immediately after the distress of
those days ��the sun will be darkened, and the moon will not give its light; the
stars will fall from the sky, and the heavenly bodies will be shaken.� 30 Then
will appear the sign of the Son of Man in heaven [after total darkness]. And then
all the peoples [unbelievers] of the earth will mourn when they see the Son of Man
coming on the clouds of heaven, with power and great glory. 31 And he will send
his angels with a loud trumpet call, and they will gather his elect [dead Old
Testament and Tribulation believers resurrected] from the four winds, from one end
of the heavens to the other.�
Revelation 16:17 �The seventh angel poured out his bowl into the air, and out of
the temple came a loud voice from the throne, saying, �It is done!� 18 Then there
came flashes of lightning, rumblings, peals of thunder and a severe earthquake. No
earthquake like it has ever occurred since mankind has been on earth, so tremendous
was the quake. 19 The great city [Jerusalem] split into three parts, and the cities
of the nations collapsed... 20 Every island fled away and the mountains could not
be found. 21 From the sky huge hailstones, each weighing about a hundred pounds,
fell on people. And they cursed God on account of the plague of hail, because the
plague was so terrible.�
"After the 7th Bowl is released, the phrase �It is done!� is stated by the Lord
from the throne room in Heaven. This is the final Bowl Judgment before the Second
Advent of Christ.
Tremendous earthquakes, huge hail, and devastating natural disasters torment the
remaining unbelievers around the world. The huge hailstones kill many unbelievers,
destroy their homes and other structures, and cause widespread panic. Again,
believers are spared from these judgments unless they take the Mark of the Beast.
Jerusalem is split into three parts by an earthquake, allowing the Jewish believers
in the city to flee to safety as they are fighting the armies of the Antichrist who
is attacking Jerusalem (Zechariah 14:4-5). �No earthquake like it has ever
occurred since mankind has been on earth� describes its intensity. Many other
major cities also collapse during the massive earthquakes. Islands cease to exist
from all the tsunamis and explosive volcanoes set loose by those earthquakes.
Mountains are leveled worldwide. All of this sets up changes in the landscape for
the Millennium, when the earth will be leveled as mountains fill in the valleys
setting the stage for perfect weather. (Isaiah 40 - 64)"
Revelation 19:11 �I saw heaven standing open and there before me was a white horse,
whose rider is called Faithful and True. With justice he judges and wages war. 12
�His eyes are like blazing fire, and on his head are many crowns. He has a name
written on him that no one knows but he himself. 13 He is dressed in a robe dipped
in blood, and his name is the Word of God. 14 The armies of heaven were following
him, riding on white horses and dressed in fine linen, white and clean. 15 Coming
out of his mouth is a sharp sword with which to strike down the nations. �He will
rule them with an iron scepter.� He treads the winepress of the fury of the wrath
of God Almighty. 16 On his robe and on his thigh he has this name written: KING OF
KINGS AND LORD OF LORDS.�
Revelation 19:17 �And I saw an angel standing in the sun, who cried in a loud voice
to all the birds flying in midair, �Come, gather together for the great supper of
God, 18 so that you may eat the flesh of kings, generals, and the mighty, of horses
and their riders, and the flesh of all people, free and slave, great and small.�
There is about to be a great feast for the vultures. This is literal slaughter of
the human unbeliever armies of Satan, resulting in an enormous number of dead. It
is the first stage of removing all unbelievers from the earth. The Millennium will
start with only believers on the earth under the rule of Jesus Christ.
Jack Ford has kept his "Armageddon Cam" video, as he called it, going full time for
the past 24 hours. Suddenly he tells Jill that something is happening there, and
it needs her attention immediately. The video from the Jezreel Valley shows the
armies of the four Alliances are all looking skyward. The army of clouds appears
on the video over the Jezreel Valley. The forces of the four world Alliances all
turn their weapons away from each other, and upward toward the cloud army. And
then there is a single bright flash, like the sun glistening off the blade of a
highly polished and sharp sword. In an instant there are two million dead bodies
lying where the four armies had stood just moments earlier. Jill thought to
herself: �That was almost anticlimactic.� But then the video showed two figures
who remained alive and standing. These two would get special treatment. They were
the Antichrist, and his False Prophet.
Jill reads of their fate:
Revelation 19:19 �Then I saw the beast and the kings of the earth and their armies
gathered together to wage war against the rider on the horse and his army. 20 But
the beast was captured, and with it the false prophet who had performed the signs
on its behalf. With these signs he had deluded those who had received the mark of
the beast and worshiped its image. The two of them were thrown alive into the fiery
lake of burning sulfur. 21 The rest were killed with the sword coming out of the
mouth of the rider on the horse, and all the birds gorged themselves on their
flesh.�
"The King of the West, also known as the Antichrist, and his False Prophet were at
Armageddon, along with the Kings of the North, South, and East. The armies of the
four Alliances were all killed by the Lord except that the Antichrist and False
Prophet were not directly killed, but instead were kept alive so they could be
thrown alive into the Lake of Fire. These two have become the very first residents
of that eternal Lake of Fire, which will eventually replace the current Hell.
These two evil dictators will be its only residents for the next 1000 years.
Obviously being �thrown alive� into the Lake of Fire is a far more tortuous
outcome."
Jill continues: "Now that the Antichrist and False Prophet have been eliminated,
all Jews everywhere will now return to Israel. This is the regathering which was
promised to Abraham long ago. As a matter of fact, I need to pack for the trip."
Jill concludes her final broadcast: "Jesus Christ has put an end to evil dictators,
war, disasters, hunger and endless misery. He has been revealed as the only true
King and the only true Lord. He will now sit on His Millennial Throne and rule
over the renewed earth, which He will heal. In fact, the paradise is already
starting to emerge. Look outside, it is like a super- Spring emerging after a long
dark winter of evil. And the Antichrist is gone -- now that's a Vanishment! We
started seven years ago with one, and we end today with another. The Antichrist has
vanished. Forever. The nightmare is over. The Millennial Kingdom of our Lord is
here!"
"This is Jill Steiner, and Jack Ford, signing off from Los Angeles, California,
USA. We hope to be reporting from Jerusalem shortly. And there will be no more
daily reading of long lists of horrible disasters. I hope to bring you wonderful
stories of our Lord's reign and the resulting perfect environment, abundance,
beauty and grace -- for the next 1000 years!�

FOR BELIEVERS IN JESUS CHRIST THERE IS NO END